Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Healthcare Information Services / Progyny

Progyny

pgny · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker pgny
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Healthcare Information Services
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Progyny
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
☒

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

☐

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019
or

For the transition period from ___________________ to ___________________

Commission File Number: 001-39100

Progyny, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
1359 Broadway
New York, New York

(Address of principal executive offices)

27-2220139
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

10018

(Zip Code)

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

(212) 888-3124

Title of each class
Common Stock,
$0.0001 par value per share

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Trading Symbol(s)
PGNY

Name of each exchange on which registered
The Nasdaq Global Select Market

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months

(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this

chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See

the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer

  ☐
  ☒  

   Accelerated filer
   Smaller reporting company
  Emerging growth company

  ☐
  ☐
  ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting

standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price of the registrant’s shares of common stock as
reported by The Nasdaq Global Select Market on December 31, 2019, was approximately $1.1 billion. The registrant has elected to use December 31, 2019 as the calculation date, which was the
last trading date of the registrant’s most recently completed fiscal year, because on June 30, 2019 (the last business day of the registrant’s second fiscal quarter), the registrant was a privately-held
company.

As of February 28, 2020, the registrant had 84,838,934 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 are
incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Progyny, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I  

PART II  

PART III 

PART IV 

Business

Item 1.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures

Properties
Legal Proceedings

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer

Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data

Item 6.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of

Operations

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 8.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
Item 9.
Disclosure 
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance
Item 11.
Item 12.

Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related
Stockholder Matters

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 15.
Item 16.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

SIGNATURES  

2

5
23
50
50
50
51

51

53
55

71
72
103

104
104

105
105
105

105
105

106
109

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GENERAL

Unless the context otherwise indicates, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the terms “Progyny,”

“the Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Progyny, Inc.

“Progyny®” and our other registered and common law trade names, trademarks and service marks are the

property of Progyny, Inc. Other trade names, trademarks and service marks used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are
the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K may be referred to without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator
that their respective owners will not assert their rights thereto.

We may announce material business and financial information to our investors using our investor relations website
at investors.progyny.com. We therefore encourage investors and others interested in Progyny to review the information that
we make available on our website, in addition to following our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or
the SEC, webcasts, press releases and conference calls.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  contains  forward-looking  statements.  We  intend  such  forward-looking
statements  to  be  covered  by  the  safe  harbor  provisions  for  forward-looking  statements  contained  in  Section  27A  of  the
Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  or  the  Securities  Act,  and  Section  21E  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as
amended, or the Exchange Act. All statements other than statements of historical fact contained in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K, including without limitation statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, our
ability to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, and technologies, our ability to achieve profitability on
an annual basis and sustain such profitability, the sufficiency of our cash and cash equivalents, anticipated sources and uses
of cash, our business strategy and our ability to acquire new clients and successfully engage new and existing clients, our
ability to effectively manage our growth and compete effectively with existing competitors and new market entrants, and
the  plans  and  objectives  of  management  for  future  operations  and  capital  expenditures  are  forward-looking  statements.
These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual
results,  performance  or  achievements  to  be  materially  different  from  any  future  results,  performance  or  achievements
expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,”
“plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential”, or
“continue”  or  the  negative  of  these  terms  or  other  similar  expressions.  The  forward-looking  statements  in  this  Annual
Report  on  Form  10-K  are  only  predictions.  We  have  based  these  forward-looking  statements  largely  on  our  current
expectations  and  projections  about  future  events  and  financial  trends  that  we  believe  may  affect  our  business,  financial
condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K and are subject to a number of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in
the forward-looking statements, including the factors described under Part I, Item A. “Risk Factors” and Part II, Item 7.
“Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations.”  of  this  Annual  Report  on
Form 10-K.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant
subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the filing date of this Annual Report on Form
10-K,  and  while  we  believe  such  information  forms  a  reasonable  basis  for  such  statements,  such  information  may  be
limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into,
or  review  of,  all  potentially  available  relevant  information.  These  statements  are  inherently  uncertain  and  investors  are
cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

You should read this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the documents that we reference in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we
expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements. Except as required by

3

Table of Contents

applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a
result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise.

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains statistical data, estimates and forecasts that are based on independent
industry publications, such as those published by The Journal of the American Medical Association, the American Society
for Reproductive Medicine, the American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology, Reproductive Medicine Associates of New
Jersey, the Reproductive Medicine Associates of New York, European Society of Human Reproduction and Embryology,
RESOLVE: The National Infertility Association, FertilityIQ, the Twin & Multiple Births Association, Family Equality
Council, Gallup and other publicly available information, as well as other information based on our internal sources. This
information involves many assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates.
We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and
other publicly available information. Further, while we believe our internal research is reliable, such research has not been
verified by any third party. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a
variety of factors, including those described under Part I, Item A. “Risk Factors,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K that
could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and other publicly available information.

___________________________________

4

 
 
 
Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

Overview

We envision a world where anyone who wants to have a child can do so. Our mission is to make dreams of

parenthood come true through healthy, timely and supported fertility journeys. Through our differentiated approach to
benefits plan design, patient education and support and active network management, our clients’ employees are able to
pursue the most effective treatment from the best physicians and achieve optimal outcomes.

Progyny is a leading benefits management company specializing in fertility and family building benefits solutions
in the United States. Our clients include many of the nation’s most prominent employers across a broad array of industries.
We launched our fertility benefits solution in 2016 with our first five employer clients, and we have grown our base of
clients to over 130. We currently provide coverage to approximately 2.1 million employees and their partners (known in
our industry as covered lives), who we refer to as our members. We have achieved this growth by demonstrating that our
purpose-built, data-driven and disruptive platform consistently delivers superior clinical outcomes in a cost-efficient
manner while driving exceptional client and member satisfaction. We have retained substantially all of our clients since we
launched our fertility benefits solution, and our member satisfaction over that same time period is evidenced by our most
recent industry-leading Net Promoter Score, or NPS, of +72 for our fertility benefits solution and +80 for our integrated
pharmacy benefits solution, Progyny Rx.

We are redefining fertility and family building benefits, proving that a comprehensive fertility solution can
simultaneously benefit employers, patients and physicians. We believe the differentiated value proposition we deliver to all
of these constituents is key to our success and growth. By empowering our members with education, guidance and financial
support, and enabling high-quality fertility specialists to use the latest science and technologies, our solution leads to the
development of customized treatment plans that result in optimal clinical outcomes for our members and cost savings for
our clients.

In order to simplify the process for our members, we position the benefit to them using our proprietary Smart

Cycle approach. Smart Cycles are designed by us to include the medical services required for a member’s full course of
treatment, including all necessary diagnostic testing and access to the latest technology. In conjunction with the Smart
Cycle plan design, each of our members who utilizes our benefit has a dedicated Patient Care Advocate, or PCA, who has
fertility expertise and provides end-to-end concierge support, including logistical support (i.e., fertility specialist selection,
appointment scheduling, treatment authorization and treatment payment), clinical guidance (i.e., treatment options,
outcomes statistics and what to expect) and emotional support during the often challenging and unpredictable fertility
journey. Additionally, all Progyny members have access to our selective network of high-quality fertility specialists who
we equip with a benefits design that enables them to pursue the best treatment pathways, providing our members with
tailored treatments that result in optimal clinical outcomes.

In addition to our fertility benefits solution, we offer an integrated pharmacy benefit solution, Progyny Rx, which
can be added by our clients. Progyny Rx provides our members with access to the medications needed during their fertility
treatment. As part of this solution, we provide care management services, which include our formulary plan design,
simplified authorization, assistance with prescription fulfillment and timely delivery of the medications by our network of
specialty pharmacies, as well as medication administration training, pharmacy support services and continuing PCA
support.

We have demonstrated our ability to drive better outcomes for our clients, members and provider clinics across

multiple metrics. Provider clinics within our network produce outcomes that surpass their own reported practice averages
when treating Progyny members because of our differentiated solution. Additionally, across our membership, our outcomes
compared to national averages have been consistently superior.

5

Table of Contents

Industry Background

The prevalence of infertility is high, affecting one in eight couples in the United States according to the Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention, or CDC, and infertility is gaining attention as individuals are more openly discussing
their struggles with fertility. As transparency and dialogue around infertility have increased, there has been a de-
stigmatization of the disease. Despite this change in perception of infertility and its high prevalence, it is one of the only
high-prevalence medical conditions with limited or non-existent medical insurance. By comparison, medical conditions
with a similar prevalence, such as diabetes (affecting one in 11 individuals, according to the CDC) and asthma (affecting
one in 13 individuals, according to the CDC), are comprehensively covered by conventional health insurance carriers and
employers. Due to the high prevalence of infertility, its high costs of treatment and the limited insurance coverage provided
for the disease, there is a significant unmet need for fertility services in the United States and several macro trends are
driving that need for fertility treatments and propelling the overall size of the fertility market higher.

While fertility treatments have been available for almost 40 years to help individuals suffering from infertility

build their families, access to these treatments has been limited due to the lack of comprehensive coverage and the
prohibitive costs. The cost of care for a successful outcome can exceed $60,000 according to a study published in The
Journal of the American Medical Association, yet only a small percentage of employers provide a benefits plan that
addresses these costs. As a result, the vast majority of patients who undergo fertility treatment must pay for most or all of
their care out-of-pocket, which is cost-prohibitive for many families and individuals.

The lack of adequate coverage has been the result of both broader public policy issues, as well as conventional

health insurance carrier-specific policies. For example, it was not until 2017 that infertility was first recognized as a disease
by the American Medical Association and, even now, only 16 states have mandated insurance coverage for infertility. For
the states that do mandate coverage, the mandates vary greatly and often leave patients with inadequate coverage or unable
to pursue care at all. When conventional health insurance carriers have chosen to structure fertility coverage for their
employer clients, that coverage often has limited lifetime dollar maximums (with median coverage maximum of $15,000
according to Mercer) and clinically antiquated "one size fits all" clinical protocols, such as mandated step therapy
protocols.

Major cultural shifts and the evolving demographics of the workforce in the United States are driving demand for
fertility treatments and adequate coverage to support them. More individuals than ever are making the choice to start their
families later in life, increasing the biological likelihood of infertility as an individual's fertility declines with age.
Additionally, the increased acceptance of non-traditional paths to parenthood has created an increased need for access to
fertility treatments. As employees are demanding more robust fertility benefits coverage, employers are increasingly
focused on providing a comprehensive fertility benefits that supports an inclusive and diverse workplace in order to attract
and retain top employees. Because employers in the same industry are competing for employee talent, once the availability
of fertility benefits begins to penetrate a particular industry, a demonstrable network effect occurs in which employees
within that industry begin to expect the benefit from their employers, which can cause an employer to adopt the benefit to
remain competitive and bolster employee satisfaction.

Driven by these market dynamics, according to the CDC, the market for fertility treatments grew at a 10.5%

compound annual growth rate from 2013 to 2017 as more individuals pursued treatment. Given this increasing demand
coupled with inadequate existing coverage, there is a greater need than ever before for a fertility benefits manager who can
provide comprehensive and effective benefits to the employer market.

Industry Challenges

Employers are faced with three major challenges relating to providing fertility benefits to their employee bases:

·

the lack of a comprehensive fertility benefits solution that optimizes their fertility treatment expenditures;

6

Table of Contents

·

·

the need to reduce the significant maternity and neonatal intensive care unit, or NICU, expenses, and the
workplace impact, resulting from multiple births caused by fertility treatments; and

the desire to find innovative ways to attract and retain highly sought-after talent.

Employers are seeing an increasing demand for fertility and family building benefits solutions from their
employees, yet the programs offered by their conventional health insurance carriers do not successfully address these core
challenges.

Lack of Effective Fertility Benefits Solutions

The conventional fertility benefits options available to employers have been designed to control the utilization of

services (and expenditures) by employees rather than to optimize outcomes. As such, their plan designs have included
restrictive features, such as lifetime dollar maximums, mandated step therapy protocols and limited or no coverage for
advanced diagnostics and procedures. In addition, these plan designs have failed to provide access to premier fertility
specialists, robust patient support and the ability to dispense fertility medication in a timely manner. Given the evolution of
fertility science, such conventional plans have not kept pace and have generated suboptimal clinical outcomes, as well as
greater upfront treatment costs and maternity and NICU expenses. This in turn leads to inefficient utilization of employers’
expenditures on their fertility benefits programs.

When conventional fertility benefits coverage is restrictively structured with a lifetime dollar maximum, the
patient often makes poor clinical decisions that ultimately result in greater costs for the employer. Because the dollar
maximum can easily be exhausted in the midst of a fertility treatment cycle, patients may elect to transfer multiple embryos
because they are under financial pressure and mistakenly believe that it will optimize their chance of becoming pregnant.
According to a 2015 survey conducted by Reproductive Medicine Associates of New Jersey among 1,000 nationally
representative U.S. adults aged 25 to 40, or the 2015 RMANJ Report, 94% of respondents who are actively trying to have a
child believe that they must use multiple embryos to increase their chance of having a child through in vitro fertilization, or
IVF. The common use of multiple embryo transfer belies the fact that this procedure greatly increases the risk of multiple
births and health complications among the mother and babies. One of the most common complications associated with
multiples is preterm births. Preterm births significantly escalate healthcare costs, including maternity care, labor and
delivery costs and NICU expenses. According to a study published in the American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology
that analyzed the total costs of care over 400,000 deliveries between 2005 and 2010, as adjusted for inflation, the maternity
and perinatal healthcare costs attributable to a set of twins are approximately $150,000 on average, more than four times
the comparable costs attributable to singleton births of approximately $35,000, and often exceed this average. In the case of
triplets, the costs escalate significantly and average $560,000, sometimes extending upwards of $1.0 million.

Conventional health insurance carriers also often mandate step therapy protocols and restrict access to use of

advanced diagnostics and procedures, which exacerbates the inefficient utilization of dollars available under the lifetime
dollar maximum and wastes valuable time on less effective treatments. A patient with mandated fertility step therapy
protocol may be required to undergo three to six cycles of intrauterine insemination, or IUI, which has an average success
rate range of 5% to 15%, takes place over three to six months and can cost up to $4,000 per cycle (or an aggregate of
approximately $12,000 to $24,000), according to FertilityIQ.  Multiple rounds of mandated IUI is likely to exhaust the
patient’s lifetime dollar maximum fertility benefits and waste valuable time before more effective IVF treatment can be
pursued. Additionally, conventional fertility benefits programs generally do not cover certain advanced diagnostics and
procedures that have been demonstrated to increase the likelihood of a healthy live birth. In addition to restrictive plan
designs, the success of conventional fertility programs is also limited because many of the nation’s top fertility specialists
do not broadly participate in conventional health insurance carriers’ networks.

The fertility process is a long, rigorous journey, both emotionally and physically. Conventional benefits programs

also lack any meaningful care coordination, education or patient support. Patients and their dependents have no help in
understanding the complex choices they are faced with and discerning between treatment alternatives. For example,
patients are often uneducated on the health risks and financial implications associated with preterm multiple births caused
by the transfer of multiple embryos. There is also limited emotional support when patients face setbacks or

7

Table of Contents

unexpected outcomes as the current system ignores the emotional burden of patients embarking on the path to pregnancy
through assisted reproductive technology, or ART, treatments and the impact that burden has on employee productivity and
the workplace. In the 2015 RMANJ Report, 55% of surveyed individuals believe infertility to be more stressful than
unemployment, and 61% believe infertility to be more stressful than divorce. Another study published by European Society
of Human Reproduction and Embryology reported that 50% of women with infertility reported feeling depressed most or
all of the time. The current system places the heavy burden of coping with the infertility journey completely on the patient,
without adequate resources for emotional and educational support.

The conventional pharmacy delivery infrastructure is not designed to address the uniqueness of fertility treatment,

which requires highly coordinated and timely delivery of medication. Conventional benefits managers require extensive
and multiple authorizations and have inconsistent approval processes, which can complicate and delay the provision of
medications that are essential to fertility treatment. We believe that with conventional benefits programs, authorization and
delivery times of one to two weeks are typical. If medications are not received on time, patients may have to wait a month
or longer to commence another round of fertility treatment, wasting valuable time and money. In addition, the storage,
preparation and administration of fertility medication is complex and requires extensive self-administered injections, yet
most fertility benefits programs offer limited guidance and clinical support to patients around these issues. Additionally,
fertility medications are often self-administered injectable drugs, and the effectiveness of a patient’s treatment may be
compromised by improper storage and/or incorrect administration of their medications if the patient is not provided access
to education and support.

Because of the unique challenges of infertility, including the high costs and complexity of treatment and the

variability of outcomes across fertility specialists, conventional benefits solutions have been unable to optimize outcomes
and efficiently utilize employers’ dollars committed to fertility. As a result, employers are facing increased demand for an
expensive benefits program without the availability of an effective solution in the conventional managed care environment.

Costs Associated with Multiple Births and Poor Fertility Treatment Outcomes

Regardless of whether an employer chooses to cover fertility treatments, they end up bearing the significant
medical costs associated with unanticipated multiple births and miscarriages, as well as the associated impacts on the
workplace. The high number of multiple embryo transfers that conventionally occurs during IVF leads to a significant
number of multiple births, which in turn is a primary cause of dangerous and expensive preterm births, the most common
complication resulting from multiple births, which lead to extensive maternity and NICU costs.  In addition to multiple
birth rates, the relatively higher miscarriage rate associated with IVF treatment also results in significant additional medical
costs for employers and their employees, as well as emotional and physical strain on patients. As a result of these
suboptimal treatment outcomes, employers also bear the related costs of increased employee absenteeism at the workplace,
which is common with instances of multiples births.  Employers may not be fully aware of the causal effect and ultimate
impact of suboptimal fertility care under the current solutions offered by the conventional benefits programs since these
programs do not collect outcomes data from their fertility specialists and therefore cannot accurately report on their
program’s performance in a timely manner.

Ability to Attract and Retain Talent

Employers are facing increasing competition to attract and retain talent as the labor market is at historically low

unemployment levels. As a result, employers are enhancing their value proposition to employees by evaluating and
providing benefits that are most in demand. Family building solutions are an increasing area of focus for employees, and in
turn, employers.

Our Market Opportunity

We believe we have a significant opportunity to provide employers with a superior comprehensive solution that

addresses the unique challenges and complexities of fertility treatment and related fertility pharmacy services.

8

Table of Contents

Our core market for fertility benefits management is substantial and growing rapidly with strong tailwinds from

major societal and cultural shifts, such as people starting families later in life, the growth in non-traditional paths to
parenthood and other health-related burdens which have impacted the ability to have children. In addition, we believe that
continued de-stigmatization of infertility, along with increased financial support from employers, will continue to drive
better access to, and stronger demand for, fertility treatment services, thereby further enabling the expansion of our
addressable market.

We estimate that the market for fertility treatments in the United States was approximately $6.7 billion in 2017,

based on data published by the CDC regarding the number of treatment cycles and FertilityIQ’s estimate of the average cost
per cycle. We estimate the potential size of the U.S. fertility market to be at least twice as large because this figure excludes
those individuals who do not seek treatment for infertility. According to a recent study by Reproductive Medicine
Associates of New York, approximately 50% of people suffering from infertility do not seek treatment. Furthermore, when
comparing the United States to other countries, the percentage of babies born utilizing ART is materially lower, at less than
2% in the United States (where fertility treatment is not adequately covered), compared to approximately 10% in Denmark
and 5% in Japan (where there is more public health funding for fertility treatment).

We contract with employers to provide fertility and family building benefits to their employees and covered

dependents. We believe our addressable market consists of the approximately 8,000 self-insured employers in the United
States. These 8,000 employers have a minimum of 1,000 employees, representing approximately 69 million potential
covered lives in total. Our current member base of 2.1 million represents only 3% of our total market opportunity.

Regardless of whether or not these self-insured employers currently provide a fertility benefit, we believe they are

prospective clients of Progyny. Further, 35% of our clients had no prior fertility coverage before adopting Progyny and
92% of our clients enhanced their coverage when they switched to Progyny. Overall, we believe our market opportunity is
substantial and is continuing to grow as a result of the rising demand for fertility benefits solutions, the lack of adequate
offerings in the market today and the increasing awareness of the challenges of infertility we are driving.

Our Solutions

We are redefining effective fertility and family building benefits through our purpose-built, data-driven and

disruptive platform through which we offer our fertility benefits and Progyny Rx solutions. Our innovative and
comprehensive fertility solution has proven to be simultaneously beneficial for our clients, our members and our network
of fertility specialists. Through our differentiated approach to benefits plan design, patient education and support and active
network management, our clients’ employees are able to pursue the most effective treatment from the best fertility
specialists and achieve optimal outcomes in a cost-efficient manner, while our clients achieve savings in upfront treatment
costs as well as reduced maternity and NICU expenses.

Fertility Benefits Solution

Differentiated Benefits Plan Design

The innovative Smart Cycle is our easy-to-understand fertility benefits design. Our Smart Cycle plan design

allows members equitable access to the treatment they need and is designed to drive superior outcomes and reduce both
upfront treatment and subsequent costs. Everything needed for a comprehensive fertility treatment is contained within a
Smart Cycle treatment bundle, including all necessary diagnostic testing and access to the latest technology (e.g., in the
case of IVF treatment, preimplantation genetic testing). We currently offer 17 different Smart Cycle treatment bundles,
which may be used independently or in combination depending on the member’s need. Each Smart Cycle has a separate
unit value (i.e., some have fractional values and some have whole values). Our clients contract to purchase a cumulative
Smart Cycle unit value per eligible member. These can range from one to unlimited cumulative Smart Cycles units.
Members can choose their preferred provider clinics within our network and utilize their Smart Cycles for whichever
treatments they and their fertility specialists determine to be necessary throughout their fertility journey.

9

Table of Contents

The Smart Cycle structure allows our members, together with the advice of their fertility specialists and the

support of their PCAs, to select the Smart Cycle treatment bundles that align with their unique treatment needs and their
intended family building pathway, without having to follow the “one size fits all” protocols common to conventional health
insurance carriers, and without the worry that their desired treatment approach will not be authorized or covered for the full
treatment cycle. Our comprehensive Smart Cycles, which are our proprietary treatment bundles, are assessed regularly by
our Medical Advisory Board, and include access to the latest science and technologies, enabling our network of fertility
specialists to utilize best practices.

Our superior clinical outcomes driven by our Smart Cycle plan design include higher rates of pregnancy and live

births, as well as lower miscarriage rates and fewer multiple births.

Personalized Concierge-Style Member Support Services

Our fertility benefits solution provides members with access to significant support services that are crucial to the

success of the fertility and family building journey. Before the fertility treatment process begins, and throughout every step
of the fertility journey, we deliver high-touch member support services through a dedicated PCA. Our PCAs have deep
fertility expertise and provide extensive clinical education, guidance and emotional support to our members. Additionally,
we have an in-house clinical staff, comprised of professionals with substantial expertise in reproductive

10

Table of Contents

endocrinology, fertility nursing, clinical psychology and social work that design our PCA training curriculum and direct our
comprehensive member experience.

Our comprehensive member portal, accessible via any desktop or mobile device, further supports the member

experience by providing key educational resources and easy-to-access benefits information to our members. Our members
can use the portal to securely message their PCA or access a curated library of videos, articles, podcasts and webinars on
fertility and family building. The portal also offers digital solutions that help our members address the emotional effects
that are often associated with infertility, including loss, self-blame, anxiety and depression. Additionally, the portal can be
used to review plan coverage, benefit utilization, claim details and account balances. We believe our platform provides our
members with best-in-class support services to help them navigate their fertility and family building journeys.

Selective Network of High-Quality Fertility Specialists

We have utilized our deep industry knowledge and the insights derived from our data analytics platform to

establish and actively manage a national network of the leading fertility specialists in the country. Our members receive
access to our selective Center of Excellence network of high-quality providers that includes approximately 800 fertility
specialists who practice at approximately 600 provider clinic locations throughout the United States. Our network includes
22 of the top 25 fertility practice groups by volume in the United States according to 2017 CDC data, which was published
in 2019 and is the most recent data available. Fertility specialists who are invited to join our network must meet and
maintain rigorous credentialing standards and quality thresholds that we set for inclusion in our network to ensure that our
members receive the highest quality of care.

Our fertility specialist network is unique in that approximately 30% of our provider clinics do not broadly

participate in conventional health insurance carrier networks, meaning they contract with us and no more than one other
health insurance carrier. Our national network serves members in virtually every state (two states have no practicing
reproductive endocrinologists), providing extensive geographic coverage to our national employers.

Progyny Rx, an Integrated Pharmacy Benefits Solution

Progyny Rx is our integrated pharmacy benefits solution that can be added by clients that utilize our fertility

benefits solution. This solution provides our members with access to the medications needed during their treatment. As part
of this solution, we provide care management services, which include our formulary plan design, simplified authorization,
assistance with prescription fulfillment and timely delivery of the medications by our network of specialty pharmacies, as
well as medication administration training, pharmacy support services and continuing PCA support. Our single treatment
and medication authorization process reduces the administrative burden, creating an efficient pharmacy solution for our
members and their fertility specialists. Progyny Rx reduces dispensing and delivery time to two days to eliminate the risk
of missed treatment cycles. Our single medication authorization and delivery process ensures that our members will not
miss or delay cycles. We provide phone-based, clinical education and support seven days a week to ensure that our
members understand any necessary medication storage requirements and administration techniques, including injection
training. To further support those members that require additional education, we also offer a library of on-demand videos.
Given the importance of the timely use of medication to the success of fertility treatments, and the

11

Table of Contents

complexity involved in administering the medications, we believe Progyny Rx provides a differentiated and effective
pharmacy solution for our clients and their employees.

Robust Data Collection Process.

We believe that we are the only fertility and family building benefits company to collect data in a timely manner
directly from providers on adherence to treatment protocols and clinical outcomes, including single embryo transfer rates,
pregnancy rates, miscarriage rates, live birth rates, multiple birth rates, practice patterns, treatment timelines and costs per
birth. Our data is used to understand the utilization of our benefits, our provider clinics’ adherence to best practices and the
outcomes produced by each clinic and across our network. This data informs decisions across our platform, from services
covered to our fertility network standards. The insights from our data also enable us to actively manage our fertility
specialist network and ensure that our fertility specialists are utilizing best practices and optimizing outcomes. The data
collection process also includes extensive member surveys, which allow us to understand and improve our member
satisfaction. Finally, our data allows us to provide our clients with unique and detailed quarterly reports in order to provide
full transparency into the utilization of their benefit program, their expenditures and the outcomes delivered and value
created. We believe that we effectively utilize our thorough data collection and analysis process and our unique and robust
data set to continuously improve the client and member experience across our platform.

Prestigious Medical Advisory Board.

Our Medical Advisory Board, comprised of nationally recognized fertility specialists who are advancing fertility

science and research.  They are responsible for oversight of key clinical issues, including evaluating new fertility treatment
diagnostics and procedures to ensure that our benefits design and overall program is comprehensive and is designed to
drive to the best outcomes.  This review ensures that we are evaluating and covering the latest and most effective fertility
treatments and identifying opportunities to improve our plan design, member experience and fertility specialists network
standards.

Full Service Client Account Management.

We provide a dedicated account management team to ensure that we are delivering superior service.  Our account

managers support our clients’ day-to-day needs and resolve issues that arise.  For example, to help our clients ensure that
their employees are fully aware of the Progyny program, our account management teams work with our clients to create co-
branded materials to support health fairs, open enrollment events and other employee communications. The account
management team also attends open enrollment benefits fairs and other health fairs throughout the year and hosts virtual
open enrollment webinars for members to attend live or on-demand. Our account management team also reviews all
quarterly and annual program reports with our clients to reinforce the transparency we provide to clients into their
expenditures and outcomes and to review and quantify the value created by our solutions. We believe our account
management services, including our detailed client reporting, plays an important role in helping us maintain and strengthen
our client relationships.

Ease of Integration for Our Clients.

Once we are selected by an employer to manage their fertility and family building benefit, our solution is easy to

implement as part of their broader pre-tax medical benefits package. Integrating our solution involves only a small
commitment of our client's time (typically only six to ten hours over the course of six weeks). Facilitating the ease of
integration is the fact that we have developed multiple integration solutions that allow us to integrate with any health plan
or health insurance carrier, reducing significant time and expense for our clients. Our ability to integrate our solution with
our clients' health insurance coverage allows our benefit to be offered to employees on a pre-tax basis, providing our
members with significant savings in comparison to a post-tax reimbursement.  We believe our ability to integrate our
benefits solutions with all of the large national health insurance carriers is a differentiating factor within the industry.

12

Table of Contents

Surrogacy and Adoption Reimbursement Program

We also offer a surrogacy and adoption reimbursement program.  We can manage the reimbursement of surrogacy
and adoption expenses for those clients who offer such reimbursement benefits.  For these programs, employers designate a
specific lifetime dollar amount toward surrogacy and/or adoption services for their employees.  We then administer the
expense reimbursement to employees up to this dollar amount.  We work with our clients to determine what expenses
related to adoption and/or surrogacy will be covered under their plan, thereby alleviating their administrative
burden.  Examples of reimbursement expenses typically include agency fees, surrogacy fees, travel expenses and healthcare
expenses for the surrogate.

Our Value Proposition

We believe that our competitive success is a function of our ability to concurrently: (1) provide tangible financial
value to our clients; (2) deliver a better and more supported fertility journey to our members; and (3) provide value to, and
work collaboratively with, the nation’s finest fertility specialists.

We Provide Measurable Value to Our Employer Clients

·

·

·

·

Substantial and Measurable Financial Value.  Our superior clinical outcomes drive savings in both upfront
fertility treatment costs (due to our higher live birth rates) as well as subsequent maternity and NICU
expenses for our clients (due to our lower multiple birth rates).

Progyny Rx Savings.  Progyny Rx delivers unit cost savings of between 10% and 20% to our clients, and
additional savings of approximately 8% based on a reduction in unnecessary quantities of medication
dispensed.

Employee Productivity and Retention.  Our solution addresses employee absenteeism, poor productivity, and
the lack of employee retention driven by the stress of suffering from infertility (and undergoing fertility
treatment) as well as the back-to-work issues related to multiple births. Our members are able to receive the
most effective treatments more quickly and have access to high-touch member support services through our
PCAs, thereby reducing the physical and emotional rigors of infertility and its treatment.

Appeal to Existing and Prospective Employees.  Better fertility benefits programs can be a key component of
enhancing a company’s overall benefits and an important tool in its recruiting efforts and in helping retain key
talent. An appealing feature of the Progyny benefit from an employee retention perspective is that the benefit
is both comprehensive and is accessible by all groups across an employee population. The level of employee
satisfaction we provide is important for any employer focused on employee retention.

We Provide Meaningful Value to Our Members

·

Superior Clinical Outcomes.  Our members experience healthier pregnancies (with significantly increased
utilization of single embryo transfer) and superior rates of pregnancy and live births, as well as reduced

13

Table of Contents

rates of miscarriages and multiple births, saving valuable time and money and limiting personal and
professional disruption.

(1)

Outcome
Single embryo transfer rate
Pregnancy rate per IVF
transfer
Miscarriage rate
Live birth rate
IVF multiples rate

(3)

(3)

(2)

(2)

  National Averages  
for All Provider 
Clinics

  Progyny In‑Network  
Provider Clinic 
Averages 
for All Patients

  Progyny In‑Network  
Provider Clinic 
Averages 
for Progyny 
  Members Only

(4)

49.5 %   

52.5 %   
18.5 %   
43.3 %   
16.1 %   

53.1 %   

54.6 %   
18.2 %   
45.3 %   
15.4 %   

89.0 %

60.7 %
10.2 %
54.5 %
3.6 %

(1) Calculated based on the Society for Assisted Reproductive Technology, or SART, 2017 National Summary Report,

published in 2019.

(2) Calculated based on CDC, 2016 National Summary and Clinic Data Sets, published in 2018.

(3) Calculated based on CDC, 2017 National Summary and Clinic Data Sets, published in 2019.

(4) Calculated based on the 12-month period ended December 31, 2018.

·

·

·

·

·

·

Comprehensive Coverage.  We provide all individuals with access to comprehensive coverage. Our Smart
Cycle design ensures that members always have coverage for a full treatment cycle as their access to
treatment is not limited by a dollar maximum that could be exhausted mid-treatment. Additionally, members
have access to the latest technologies and procedures, which are reviewed and approved by our Medical
Advisory Board.

Access for All Members and Dependents.  Smart Cycles are available to be utilized across all employee
groups, including populations not typically covered, such as LGBTQ+ individuals and single mothers by
choice.

Equitable Access to Care.  Our Smart Cycle design ensures members receive fair and balanced access to care
that is not dependent on where members live, how expensive a fertility specialist is or which specific
treatments are required.

High-Touch Concierge Member Experience.  We provide our members with high-touch, end-to-end concierge
support, including logistical assistance, clinical guidance  and emotional support through our PCAs and our
in-house clinical staff.

Access to Selective, Premier Fertility Specialist Network.  Our solution provides members with access to the
nation’s most desired fertility providers, including approximately 800 fertility specialists who practice at
approximately 600 provider clinic locations throughout the United States. Our network includes 22 of the top
25 fertility practice groups by volume in the United States according to 2017 CDC data. In addition,
approximately 30% of our provider clinics do not broadly participate in conventional health insurance carrier
networks.

Integrated Pharmacy Benefits Solution.  Progyny Rx provides members with a simplified authorization
process, timely medication delivery and member support from pharmacy clinicians seven days a week.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We Provide Meaningful Value to Our Fertility Specialists

· Members Supported With a Comprehensive Benefit.  Our solutions allow our members to arrive at their

fertility specialist with a fully-covered course of treatment and the flexibility to utilize the latest approved
technologies and best practices via our comprehensive Smart Cycle benefits plan design. These members are
also educated on the use of best practices and are supported by PCAs along their fertility journey.

·

·

·

·

·

·

Eliminate Step Therapy Protocols.  Our network of fertility specialists have access to the latest science and
technologies through our innovative Smart Cycles, which free our fertility specialists from having to follow
the ineffective protocols common to conventional coverage and allow them to pursue the most effective
treatments first, thereby saving time and money.

Simplified Administration.  Once a Smart Cycle treatment is authorized, fertility specialists within our
network are able to prescribe the optimal treatment plan without any need for pre-certification or pre-
authorization.

Superior Clinical Outcomes.  Outcomes for Progyny members across our fertility specialist network are
superior to the average outcomes that these same provider clinics report to the CDC for all of their patients.
For example, as shown in the prior table, the in-network average live birth rate for Progyny members is
54.5%, as compared to the 45.3% average live birth rate for all of the patients at those same clinics.

Eliminating Financial Risk Associated With Collections.  We assume full responsibility for the collection of
all members’ deductibles and coinsurance, thereby eliminating the burden and cost of collection (and bad debt
expense) for member payments that our provider clinics otherwise would experience.

Data Sharing and Reporting.  We produce clinic scorecards quarterly with key performance indicators that
allow fertility specialists to compare their results with peer averages.

Higher Volumes and Improved Financial Performance.  Fertility specialists in our network often experience
an increase in patient volume, and because of our comprehensive benefits design, an increase in the number
of patients who progress from consultation to treatment.

Our Competitive Strengths

Market Leadership

We are a leading benefits management company specializing in fertility and family building benefits solutions in

the United States, with a client base of over 130 self-insured employer clients representing approximately 2.1 million
members. We drive superior clinical outcomes for our members including higher pregnancy success rates, lower
miscarriage rates, fewer multiple births and a higher live birth rate. We are a recognized and trusted brand and believe that
our leadership and market differentiation is evidenced by our retention of substantially all of our clients since we first
began offering our fertility benefits solutions in 2016.

Differentiated Model Drives Superior Clinical Outcomes at Reduced Overall Cost

In contrast to conventional fee-for-service coverage, which is designed to simply contain utilization, our case

management-driven benefits model is comprehensive, does not exhaust coverage mid treatment cycle, includes access to
the latest technologies and best clinical practices and drives superior outcomes. The success of our plan design in driving
more favorable outcomes is evidenced by the fact that outcomes for Progyny members across our fertility specialist
network are superior to the average outcomes that these same provider clinics report to the CDC for all of their patients.

15

Table of Contents

In addition to the tangible medical and pharmacy cost savings, our clients are also able to avoid some of the

indirect costs of infertility such as employee absenteeism and loss of productivity caused by stress and depression, as well
as lack of employee retention caused by multiple births.

Superior Member Experience

We believe that a key differentiator of our services is our concierge member support delivered by our PCAs who
are unique to our platform and a valuable resource to our members. PCAs provide meaningful education, clinical guidance
and emotional support for our members and are available throughout the member's fertility and family building journey. In
addition, the member experience is tailored to meet the unique needs of our clients' employees and the PCAs have expertise
in fertility treatment issues uniquely affecting LGBTQ+ individuals, single mothers by choice and individuals looking to
pursue surrogacy or adoption.

Selective, Premier Fertility Specialist Network

Our fertility specialists are thought leaders in the treatment of fertility and are driving differentiated outcomes for

our members. Because of the unique Progyny benefits design, our fertility specialists can utilize the most effective
treatment for members the first time, without the restrictions of conventional benefits programs. Our network includes 22
of the top 25 fertility practice groups by volume in the United States according to 2017 CDC data.

Value-Added Integrated Pharmacy Program

We more effectively manage the complex fertility medication process through a single authorization mechanism

for fertility treatments and the related prescription drugs, with guaranteed timely delivery and extensive clinical support
around drug storage and administration techniques, including injection training, seven days a week. In addition to the unit-
cost savings we deliver through our negotiated formulary rates, we also employ an innovative cost containment program
that has enabled our clients and members to save additional costs through the reduction in overprescribing that is typical of
conventional fertility pharmacy management.

Purpose-Built, Data-Driven and Disruptive Platform

The outcomes data we collect and analyze provides insights across our business, including the creation and

management of our plan design and clinical protocols to ensure the efficiency of employer expenditures. We also manage
our fertility specialist network and ensure adherence to Progyny practice standards based on this data to ensure that fertility
specialists are driving improved clinical outcomes and member satisfaction.

A key differentiator of our solution is our in-depth client reporting. We synthesize our data into comprehensive
reporting for our employer clients so that they can see the detail of the utilization of the benefit by their employees, their
expenditures, the outcomes and value created and their employees' satisfaction with the experience. We believe we are the
only benefits manager that tracks fertility outcomes from medical record data on a timely basis, and we believe this unique
data reporting to be important for our employer clients to understand why Progyny offers a superior solution.

Highly Scalable Platform

Since launching our benefits solution, we have increased our client base every year without any dilution to or

decrease in the level and quality of services. Once we begin providing services to a client, we believe it is difficult for our
clients to replicate our outcomes with another solution. In addition, we have been able to add new solutions and
technologies to our offering while sustaining this growth and believe our platform is capable of continuing to rapidly adopt
more clients without meaningful infrastructure enhancements.

Deeply Experienced Management Team with Strong Culture

Our management team has extensive operational experience and background in healthcare, technology and

services. Additionally, our sales, support and development teams have significant healthcare, technology and benefits

16

Table of Contents

experience and are a key competitive advantage to our success. Their demonstrated track record of success in running
public companies and scaling growth organizations will allow us to continue to be leaders in our industry.

A large part of our continued success is driven by our unique culture and the dedication and commitment of our
Progyny team. We have been recognized by Modern Healthcare as one of the Best Places to Work in Healthcare in 2018
and 2019, positioning us well to continue to attract and retain top talent.

Our Growth Strategy

Expand Our Client Base

We intend to continue increasing our client base of self-insured employers throughout the United States by

leveraging our experienced salesforce and strong relationships with benefits consultants. We believe we have an
addressable market of approximately 8,000 potential self-insured employer clients in the United States and, with our
current base of over 130 clients, are still in the early stages of our growth trajectory. Importantly, as we have continued to
grow, we have meaningfully diversified our client base across an array of different industries. We are expanding our client
base within each industry that we serve, and have an industry-specific strategy, which enables us to most effectively target
our addressable market. Additionally, we believe that our expanding presence has resulted in a heightened awareness of
fertility benefits and has informed the market of the value we provide to our employer clients and our members, which we
believe also helps facilitate growth.

Capitalize on Embedded Growth Potential within Our Existing Client Base

Because of how our revenue model is structured, we believe we are positioned to realize organic revenue growth

as our clients and their respective employee bases grow and utilize more fertility treatment services as a result. A
meaningful portion of our clients have grown, and we believe many of them will continue to grow. In addition, we have
historically realized similar utilization trends of fertility services for new members compared with existing members on a
same client basis. We believe the combination of these factors results in meaningful and sustainable embedded growth
potential well into the future.

Expansion of Progyny Benefits Solutions within Our Existing Client Base

We believe we will continue to see growth from existing clients that add incremental services to their fertility
benefits program. For example, a client can expand the fertility benefits they offer to their employees by increasing the
number of Smart Cycles they contract for. In addition, our fertility benefits solution clients can purchase our add-on
Progyny Rx solution. We introduced Progyny Rx in the third quarter of 2017 and went live with a select number of clients
in January 2018. Currently, 70% of our clients are utilizing this solution, including 75% of the clients we signed in 2019.
We believe our sales and marketing capabilities play an important role in informing and educating clients about the
additional value and impact we can provide to them and their members by enhancing their benefit program.

New Services and Addressable Markets to Enhance the Depth and Breadth of Our Comprehensive Fertility
Offering

As we continue to grow and expand our client base, we are continuously evaluating the latest evolving trends to

find ways we can better serve the needs of existing and new potential clients and their employees. We believe we are
uniquely positioned to do this for several reasons. First, we believe the combination of our Medical Advisory Board and
our selective network of high-quality fertility specialists, as well as the data we collect and analyze, provides us with
differentiated insights into fertility care delivery and support. In addition, we believe we have positive and collaborative
relationships with our clients that offer us additional insights into their needs. We believe the combination of these factors,
coupled with our demonstrated track record of adding more services to our benefits design, highlights that we are well
positioned to do so in the future. To date, we have identified several ways we believe we can potentially expand our
offering and expand our client base in the future. We will continue to evaluate opportunities as our platform continues to
expand.

17

Table of Contents

Our Clients

We currently serve over 130 self-insured employers in the United States across more than 25 industries. Our

current clients, who are industry leaders across both high-growth and mature industries and range in size from 1,000 to
250,000 employees, represent approximately 2.1 million covered lives.

In 2019, 2018 and 2017, each of our largest three clients represented more than 10% of our total revenue. For the

years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, Google Inc. accounted for 16%, 24% and 45% of our total revenue,
respectively. In addition, Amazon.com, Inc. accounted for 15% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31,
2019.   Finally, Microsoft Corporation accounted for 10% and 14% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31,
2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

Our clients represent a large proportion of companies identified by FertilityIQ as the “best companies to work for

as a fertility patient” in their 2019-2020 industry study. We believe that our employer clients are thought leaders in their
respective industries and are creating a network effect that is helping to drive more widespread adoption of fertility benefits
in their specific industries

We have clients in the technology, consumer retail, industrial, healthcare, media, insurance, legal, food and
beverage, financial services, life sciences, professional services, energy, manufacturing, logistics, transportation, real estate,
nonprofit and hospitality sectors.

Substantially all of our clients have renewed their benefits management contracts since our initial benefits

offerings launched in 2016. The majority of our clients have signed multi-year contracts or contracts that renew
automatically on an annual basis.

Given that the majority of our clients contract with us for a January 1  benefits plan start date, our sales cycle

st

follows the conventional healthcare benefits cycle, which largely concludes by the end of October of the prior year to allow
for benefits education and annual open enrollment to occur. In the 2019 sales cycle, more clients have opted for
comprehensive coverage, with substantially all of our new clients electing for Progyny Rx, multiple Smart Cycles and/or
egg-freezing.

Our Competitive Landscape

We believe we are the leader in the market for employer-sponsored fertility benefits and family building solutions.

We believe we compete favorably based on the following competitive factors:

·

·

·

·

·

the value and comprehensiveness of the benefits solution and superior outcomes for employees;

benefits plan design;

access for all employees and their dependents, including LGBTQ+ and single mothers by choice;

equitable access to care across geographies;

treatment plans that maximize effectiveness and achieve desired outcomes;

· member experience, including unlimited dedicated patient education, clinical guidance and emotional

support;

·

access to a network of high-quality fertility specialists;

18

Table of Contents

·

·

data reporting and sharing; and

access to an integrated pharmacy solution.

While we do not believe any single competitor offers a comparably robust, integrated fertility and family building

benefits solution, we compete primarily with health insurance companies and benefits administrators that also provide
fertility benefits management services as part of their overall healthcare coverage. These competitors include conventional
health insurance carriers, such as UnitedHealthcare, Cigna, Aetna and members of the Blue Cross Blue Shield Association.

Other competitors who currently provide fertility benefits management services to employers include WIN

Fertility and Optum Fertility Solutions.

Our solutions are structured as a pre-tax benefit program integrated into employers’ overall employee medical

insurance, which is unique compared to the offerings of benefits managers new to the industry that do not have integrated
health insurance carrier solutions. These emerging companies, such as Carrot Fertility and Maven Clinic, currently offer
employees post-tax reimbursement programs for fertility benefits. In addition to our unique plan design, member support
and fertility specialist network, one of the key structural differences between our pre-tax benefit and their post-tax
reimbursement programs is that the individual receiving reimbursement for fertility treatments must pay income taxes on
the amount of that reimbursement for the post-tax programs.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our solutions through our sales organization and, in many cases, we leverage our relationships with top

benefits consultants to establish relationships with potential clients. Our sales team has broad experience in health benefits
management and extensive long-term relationships with industry participants and benefits executives at large employers.
Our sales team is organized principally by geography and account size and is responsible for identifying potential clients
and managing the overall sales process. The success and effectiveness of our sales team is evidenced by the over 50 new
clients that we added in 2019, and the fact that approximately 65% of our current clients terminated their existing fertility
coverage to switch to Progyny.

We generate client leads, accelerate sales opportunities and build brand awareness through our marketing

programs. Our marketing programs target human resource, benefits and finance executives in addition to health
professionals and senior business leaders. Our principal marketing programs include learning opportunities for potential
members, demand generation, field marketing events, integrated marketing campaigns (including direct email and online
advertising) and participation in industry events, trade shows and conferences. We also benefit from strong referrals as
several of our prominent clients have publicly endorsed Progyny and discussed the value they and their members receive.

Government Regulation

As a participant in the health care industry, we are required to comply with extensive and complex U.S. laws and
regulations at the federal and state levels. Although many regulatory and governmental requirements do not directly apply
to our business, our clients are required to comply with a variety of U.S. laws, and we may be affected by these laws as a
result of our contractual obligations. We have attempted to structure our operations to comply with laws, regulations and
other requirements applicable to us directly and to our clients, members, fertility specialists and specialty pharmacies, but
there can be no assurance that our operations will not be challenged or impacted by enforcement initiatives.

Healthcare Reform

It is uncertain how our operations will be affected by the changing political, legislative, and regulatory landscapes,

as well as other influences impacting the healthcare industry. While the most salient vehicle for healthcare reform, the
Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or ACA, does not directly regulate our business as a benefit area,

19

Table of Contents

it does affect the coverage and plan designs that are or will be provided by certain insurance carriers and certain of our
clients, as well as the overall reimbursement environment for healthcare providers. There remain judicial and
Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, as well as efforts by the Trump administration to repeal or replace
certain aspects of the ACA. Further, the United States Supreme Court announced on March 2, 2020 that it will consolidate
two cases regarding the constitutionality of the ACA. It is unclear when a decision is expected to be made. Other health
reform efforts have been proposed by members of Congress, such as measures that would expand the role of government-
sponsored coverage, including further reform to the ACA, as well as single payer or so-called “Medicare-for-All”
proposals, which could have far-reaching implications for the healthcare industry if enacted.

We are unable to predict how the full impact of healthcare reform initiatives events will ultimately be resolved and

what the potential impact may be on our business and on our relationships with current and future clients, insurance
carriers, and healthcare providers.

Licensing Requirements

Many states have licensure or registration requirements for entities providing third-party administrator, or TPA, or
pharmacy benefit management, or PBM, services. Given the nature and scope of the solutions and services that we provide,
we are required to maintain TPA and PBM licenses and registrations in certain jurisdictions and to ensure that such licenses
and registrations are in good standing on an annual basis. These licenses require us to comply with the rules and regulations
of the governmental bodies that issued such licenses. Our failure to comply with such rules and regulations could result in
administrative penalties, the suspension of a license, or the loss of a license, all of which could negatively impact our
business.

Separately, states impose licensing requirements on insurers, risk-bearing entities, and insurance agents, as well as

those entities that provide utilization review services. We do not believe that our services require us to be licensed under
these state laws. We are unable to predict, however, how our services may be viewed by regulators over time, how these
laws and regulations will be interpreted, or the full extent of their application. If a regulatory authority in any state
determine that the nature of our business requires that we be licensed under such state laws, we may need to restructure our
business to comply with any related requirements.

Fraud and Abuse Laws.  Many of our clients, insurance carriers, and network healthcare providers are impacted
directly and indirectly by certain fraud and abuse laws, including the federal anti-kickback and false claims laws. Because
the solutions we provide are not reimbursed by government healthcare payors, such fraud and abuse laws generally do not
directly apply to our business. However, many states have similar laws and regulations that may differ from each other and
federal law in significant ways, thus complicating compliance efforts. For example, certain states have anti-kickback and
false claims laws that may be broader in scope than analogous federal laws and may apply regardless of payor.

ERISA.  The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, regulates certain aspects of
employee pension and health benefits plans, including self-funded corporate health plans, sponsored by our clients, with
which we have agreements to provide TPA services. We believe the conduct of our business vis-a-vis these plans is not
generally subject to the fiduciary obligations of ERISA. However, there can be no assurance the United States Department
of Labor, or the DOL, which is the agency that enforces ERISA, would not in the future assert that the fiduciary obligations
imposed by ERISA apply to certain aspects of our operations or courts would not reach such a ruling in private ERISA
litigation. In addition to its fiduciary provisions, ERISA has broad preemptive effect and has been held to preempt state
laws imposing transparency requirements on PBMs. ERISA also imposes civil and criminal liability on service providers to
health plans subject to ERISA and certain other persons with relationships to such plan if certain forms of illegal or
prohibited remuneration are made or received by such service providers or other persons. These provisions of ERISA are
similar, but not identical, to the healthcare anti-kickback laws described above, although ERISA lacks the statutory and
regulatory “safe harbor” exceptions incorporated into the healthcare anti-kickback laws. Like the healthcare anti-kickback
laws, the corresponding provisions of ERISA are broadly written and their application to particular cases can be uncertain.
Employee benefits plans subject to ERISA are subject to certain rules, published by the DOL, including certain reporting
requirements for direct and indirect compensation received by plan service providers. However, many self-funded health
plans such as the plans that we have contracts with are exempt from these

20

Table of Contents

reporting requirements under current law. At this time, we are unable to predict whether the DOL will issue additional
regulations or guidance on reporting or which additional regulations, if any, may be proposed in formal rulemaking by the
DOL.

Prompt Pay Laws.  Certain states have laws regulating the amount of time that may elapse from when a third-

party payor receives a claim for services rendered to when those services are paid. Many of these state laws do not apply to
our business as these laws are preempted by ERISA or otherwise exempt entities like us that provide TPA-only services.

Network Adequacy and Access.  Certain states and government programs have laws regulating healthcare
provider networks in order to ensure adequacy and access for beneficiaries and providers. These laws may affect us and our
payor clients in network design and management. If we do not comply, we could face enforcement action or other
penalties.

Requirements Regarding the Privacy and Security of Personal Information

HIPAA Privacy and Security Requirements.  There are numerous federal and state laws and regulations related to

the privacy and security of health information. In particular, regulations promulgated pursuant to the Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical
Health Act, or collectively referred to as HIPAA, establish privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure
of certain individually identifiable health information (known as “protected health information”) and require the
implementation of administrative, physical and technological safeguards to protect the privacy of protected health
information and ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic protected health information.

As a provider of services to entities subject to HIPAA, we are directly subject to certain provisions of the

regulations as a “Business Associate.” When acting as a Business Associate under HIPAA, to the extent permitted by
applicable privacy regulations and contracts and associated Business Associate Agreements with our clients, we are
permitted to use and disclose protected health information to perform our solutions and for other limited purposes, but other
uses and disclosures, such as marketing communications, require written authorization from the patient or must meet an
exception specified under the privacy regulations.

Other Privacy and Security Requirements.  In addition to HIPAA, numerous other federal and state laws govern
the collection, dissemination, use, access to and confidentiality of personal information, some of which may be applicable
to our business. Certain federal and state laws protect types of personal information that may be viewed as particularly
sensitive. For example, New York’s Public Health Law, Article 27-F protects information that could reveal confidential
HIV-related information about an individual. State laws are contributing to increased enforcement activity and may also be
subject to interpretation by various courts and other governmental authorities. Further, California recently enacted the
California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which went into operation on January 1, 2020. The CCPA gives California
residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing,
and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for
violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation.

Data Protection and Breaches.  Laws in all 50 states require businesses to provide notice to clients whose

personally identifiable information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. Most states require holders of personal
information to maintain safeguards and take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt
notification of the breach to affected individuals or the state’s attorney general. A non-permitted use or disclosure of
protected health information is presumed to be a breach under HIPAA unless the Covered Entity or Business Associate
establishes that there is a low probability the information has been compromised consistent with requirements enumerated
in HIPAA. As a Business Associate under HIPAA, we are required to report breaches of unsecured protected health
information to Covered Entities within 60 days of discovery of the breach or such shorter period as set forth in the
applicable Business Associate Agreement .

21

Table of Contents

HIPAA Transaction and Identifier Standards.  HIPAA and its implementing regulations mandate format and data
content standards and provider identifier standards (known as the National Provider Identifier) that must be used in certain
electronic transactions, such as claims, payment advice and eligibility inquiries. The U.S. Department of Health and Human
Services, or HHS, now requires the use of updated standard code sets for diagnoses and procedures known as the ICD-10
code sets. Enforcement of compliance with these standards falls under HHS and is carried out by the Centers for Medicare
& Medicaid Services, or CMS. In the event new requirements are imposed, we will be required to modify our systems and
processes to accommodate these changes.

Consumer Protection Laws.  Federal and state consumer protection laws are being applied increasingly by the

Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, and states’ attorneys general to
regulate the collection, use, storage and disclosure of personal or health information, through websites or otherwise, and to
regulate the presentation of website content. Courts may also adopt the standards for fair information practices promulgated
by the FTC, which concern consumer notice, choice, security and access. Consumer protection laws require us to publish
statements to our members that describe how we handle personal information and choices members may have about the
way we handle personal information. If such information that we publish is considered untrue, we may be subject to
government claims of unfair or deceptive trade practices, which could lead to significant liabilities and consequences.

Restrictions on Communication.  Communications with our members increasingly may be subject to and

restricted by laws and regulations governing communications via telephone, fax, text, and email. We also use email and
social media platforms as marketing tools. For example, we maintain social media accounts. As laws and regulations,
including FTC enforcement, rapidly evolve to govern the use of these platforms and devices, the failure by us, our
employees or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of these platforms
and devices could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations or subject us to fines or other
penalties.

Intellectual Property

We rely on trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, intellectual property assignment agreements, confidentiality

procedures, non-disclosure agreements, and employee non-disclosure and invention assignment agreements to establish and
protect our proprietary rights. Though we rely in part upon these legal and contractual protections, we believe that factors
such as our relationships with providers and clients, unique benefits model, ability to track outcomes and creation of
resources for all constituents, along with the skills and ingenuity of our employees, are larger contributors to our success
our company. Other than the trademark Progyny (and design), Smart Cycle and UnPack It, which are not subject to any
known rights of others, including any impairments, assignments or pledges, we do not believe our business is dependent to
a material degree on trademarks, patents, copyrights or trade secrets.

Seasonality

Given that the majority of our clients contract with us for a January 1  benefits plan start date, the first quarter has

st

historically been the strongest in terms of sequential quarterly growth. We have in the past and expect in the future to
experience seasonal fluctuations in our revenue as more members choose to start their fertility journey while also seeking
to minimize their out of pocket costs as the calendar year progresses.

Working Capital

Our working capital is affected by the timing of payments to third party providers and collections from clients and
have increased as our revenue has increased. In particular, during the ramp up and onboarding of new clients who typically
begin their benefits plan year as of January 1 , our accounts receivable has historically increased more than our accounts
payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the early part of each calendar year. Historically, these timing
impacts have reversed throughout the remainder of the fiscal year. Accordingly, our working capital, and its impact on cash
flow from operations, can fluctuate materially from period to period.

st

22

Table of Contents

Our Employees

As of December 31, 2019, we had 167 full-time employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor

union or covered by collective bargaining agreements, and we have not experienced any work stoppages.

Our Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in 2008 under the name Auxogen Bioscience, Inc. In 2010, we changed our
name to Auxogyn, Inc., and in 2015 we changed our name to Progyny, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at
1359 Broadway, New York, New York 10018, and our telephone number is (212) 888-3124. Our website address is
www.progyny.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference
into this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.

We completed our initial public offering, or our IPO, in October 2019, and our common stock is listed on the

Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “PGNY.”

Available Information

We file electronically with the SEC our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current
reports on Form 8-K (including amendments to those reports), proxy statements, and other information. Our SEC filings
are available to the public over the Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. We make available on our website
at investors.progyny.com, under “Financials—SEC Filings,” free of charge, copies of these reports as soon as reasonably
practicable after filing or furnishing these reports with the SEC. The information contained on the websites referenced in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K is not incorporated by reference into this filing. Further, our references to website URLs
are intended to be inactive textual references only.

ITEM 1A. 

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider all of the information
in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  including  the  sections  titled  “Cautionary  Note  Regarding  Forward-Looking
Statements,”  and  Part  II,  Item  7.“Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of
Operation”  and  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  accompanying  notes  included  elsewhere  in  this  Annual
Report on Form 10-K. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. Any of the following risks could materially
and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, the actual outcome of matters as to which
forward-looking  statements  are  made  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and  could  cause  the  trading  price  of  our
common stock to decline, which would cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Our business, financial condition
and results of operations could also be harmed by risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently do
not believe are material.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

The fertility market in which we participate is competitive, and if we do not continue to compete effectively, our results
of operations could be harmed.

The market for our solutions is competitive and is likely to attract increased competition, which could make it hard
for us to succeed. We compete on the basis of several factors, including the comprehensiveness of our benefits solutions
and the Smart Cycle (our unique approach to benefits plan design which ensures that members always have coverage for a
full treatment cycle as their access to treatment is not limited by a dollar maximum that could be exhausted mid-treatment),
superior clinical outcomes, access for all employee groups (including LGBTQ+ and single mothers by choice), equitable
access  to  care  across  geographies,  quality  of  the  member  experience  and  comprehensive  member  support,  access  to  our
selective Center of Excellence (our proprietary, credentialed network of high-quality fertility specialists), data reporting and
sharing and access to an integrated pharmacy solution. While we do not believe any single

23

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

competitor  offers  a  similarly  robust  and  integrated  fertility  and  family  building  benefits  solution,  we  compete  primarily
with health insurance companies and benefits administrators that also provide fertility benefits management services as part
of their overall healthcare coverage. These competitors include all conventional health insurers, such as UnitedHealthcare,
Cigna, Aetna and members of the Blue Cross Blue Shield Association. Other competitors that currently provide fertility
benefits  management  services  to  employers  include  WIN  Fertility  and  Optum  Fertility  Solutions.  We  also  compete  with
benefits managers that are new to the industry that do not have integrated health insurance carrier solutions, such as Carrot
Fertility and Maven Clinic, which currently offer employees post-tax reimbursement programs for fertility benefits.

As  we  market  our  solutions  to  potential  clients  that  currently  utilize  other  vendors  to  manage  their  employees’
fertility benefits, we may fail to convince their internal stakeholders that our offerings and our model are superior to their
current  solutions.  Some  of  our  competitors  are  more  established,  benefit  from  greater  brand  recognition  and  have
substantially  greater  financial,  technical  and  marketing  resources.  Our  competitors  may  seek  to  develop  or  integrate
solutions  and  services  that  may  become  more  efficient  or  appealing  to  our  existing  and  potential  clients.  For  example,
fertility-focused pharmacy benefits managers, or PBMs, could emerge that would compete with Progyny Rx. In addition,
we believe one of our key competitive advantages is our purpose-built, data-driven platform. While we do not believe any
competitors have developed a similarly robust data collection, analysis and reporting process at this time, current or future
competitors may be successful in doing so in the future.

In addition, we believe that there is growing awareness of the demand for fertility benefits. As the fertility benefits
field gains more attention, more competitors may be drawn into the market. We also could be adversely affected if we fail
to identify or effectively respond to changes in market dynamics. As a result of any of these factors, we may not be able to
continue to compete successfully against our current or future competitors, and this competition could result in the failure
of our platform to continue to maintain market acceptance, which would harm our business, financial condition and results
of operations.

We have a history of operating losses and may not sustain profitability in the future.

We  experienced  net  losses  from  2015  to  2019.  Our  net  loss  from  continuing  operations  was  $(8.6)  million  and
$(5.1) million and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. While we have experienced significant
revenue growth since 2016, we are not certain whether we will obtain sufficient levels of sales to sustain our growth or
maintain  profitability  in  the  future.  We  also  expect  our  costs  and  expenses  to  increase  in  future  periods,  which  could
negatively affect our future results of operations if our revenue does not increase. In particular, we intend to continue to
incrementally  expand  our  sales  and  client  account  management  teams  to  educate  potential  clients  and  drive  new  client
adoption,  as  well  as  enhance  the  scope  of  Progyny  benefits  within  our  existing  client  base.  We  also  expect  to  incur
additional costs as we introduce new solutions and services to enhance our comprehensive fertility offering. We will also
face increased compliance costs associated with growth, the expansion of our client base and being a public company. Our
efforts to grow our business may be costlier than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenue enough to
offset our increased operating expenses. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including
the  other  risks  described  herein,  and  unforeseen  expenses,  difficulties,  complications  and  delays,  and  other  unknown
events. If we are unable to sustain profitability, the value of our business and common stock may significantly decrease.

We have a limited operating history with our current platform of solutions, which makes it difficult to predict our future
results of operations.

We  went  live  with  our  fertility  benefits  solution  in  2016  and  Progyny  Rx  in  2018.  As  a  result  of  our  limited
operating history with the current platform of solutions, as well as a limited amount of time serving a majority of our client
base, our ability to accurately forecast our future results of operations is limited and subject to a number of uncertainties,
including  our  ability  to  plan  for  and  model  future  growth.  Our  historical  revenue  growth  should  not  be  considered
indicative of our future performance. Further, in future periods, our revenue growth could slow or decline for a number of
reasons,  including  slowing  demand  for  our  solutions  and  fertility  benefits  in  general,  change  in  utilization  trends  by  our
members, general economic slowdown, an increase in unemployment, an increase in competition, changes to health care
trends and regulations, changes to science relating to the fertility market, a decrease in the growth of the fertility market, or
our failure, for any reason, to continue to take advantage of growth opportunities. If our assumptions regarding these

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

risks  and  uncertainties  and  our  future  revenue  growth  are  incorrect  or  change,  or  if  we  do  not  address  these  risks
successfully,  our  operating  and  financial  results  could  differ  materially  from  our  expectations,  and  our  business  could
suffer.

If we are unable to attract new clients, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely
affected.

To increase our revenue, we must continue to attract new clients. Our ability to do so depends in large part on the
success of our sales and marketing efforts, and the success of attracting industry leaders in diversified sectors, which could
prompt  others  in  the  same  sectors  to  follow  suit  to  remain  competitive.  Potential  clients  may  seek  out  other  options;
therefore,  we  must  demonstrate  that  our  solutions  are  valuable  and  superior  to  alternatives.  If  we  fail  to  provide  high-
quality solutions and convince clients of the benefits of our model and value proposition, we may not be able to attract new
clients.  The  market  for  our  solutions  could  decline  or  grow  more  slowly  than  we  expect  due  to  general  economic
conditions, outbreaks of contagious diseases, a decrease in business investments, including spending on employee benefits,
and other factors. If the markets for our solutions decline or grow more slowly than we expect, or if the number of clients
that contract with us for our solutions declines or fails to increase as we expect, our financial results could be harmed. As
the markets in which we participate mature, fertility solutions and services evolve and competitors begin to enter into the
market and introduce differentiated solutions or services that are perceived to compete with our solutions, particularly if
such competing solutions are adopted by an industry leader in a particular sector, our ability to sell our solutions could be
impaired.  As  a  result  of  these  and  other  factors,  we  may  be  unable  to  attract  new  clients,  which  would  have  an  adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business depends on our ability to retain our existing clients and increase the adoption of our services within our
client base. Any failure to do so would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As part of our growth strategy, we are focused on retaining and expanding our services within our existing client
base. A client can expand the fertility benefits they offer to their employees a number of ways, including by adding egg
freezing or increasing the number of Smart Cycle units under their benefits plan (i.e., from two to three Smart Cycles per
household). For example, 6% of our existing 2019 clients increased their Smart Cycle benefit for their 2020 benefits plan
year.  In  addition,  our  fertility  benefits  solution  clients  can  purchase  our  add-on  Progyny  Rx  solution. We went live with
Progyny Rx in 2018 and 70% of our clients have now launched this solution, including approximately 75% of the clients
we signed in 2019.  

Factors that may affect our ability to retain our existing clients and sell additional solutions to them include, but are not
limited to, the following:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

the price, timeliness and outcomes of our solutions;

the availability, price, timeliness, outcome, performance and functionality of competing solutions;

our ability to maintain and appropriately expand our Center of Excellence network of high-quality fertility
specialists;

our ability to offer complementary solutions and services that will enhance our comprehensive fertility
offering;

changes in healthcare laws, regulations or trends;

any material increase in unemployment rate;

the business environment of our clients and, in particular, reduction in our clients’ headcount; and

consolidation of our clients, resulting in a change to their benefits program or a shift to one of our
competitors.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Any of the above factors, alone or together, could negatively affect our ability to retain existing clients and sell
additional solutions to them, which would have an adverse effect on our business, revenue growth and results of operations.

Our largest clients account for a significant portion of our revenue and a significant number of our clients are in the
technology industry. The loss of one or more of these clients or changes within the technology industry could negatively
impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We currently serve over 130 self-insured employers in the United States across more than 25 industries. In 2019
and 2018, each of our largest three clients represented more than 10% of our total revenue. For the years ended December
31, 2019 and 2018, one of our clients accounted for 16% and 24% of our total revenue, respectively. In addition, another
client accounted for 15% of our revenue for year ended December 31, 2019.  Finally, a third client accounted for 10% and
14% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Engagement with these clients is
generally covered through contracts that are multi-year in duration. One or more of these clients may terminate early or
decline to renew their existing contracts with us upon expiration and any such termination or failure to renew could have a
negative impact on our revenue and compromise our growth strategy. In addition, we generate a significant portion of our
revenue  from  clients  in  the  technology  industry.  Any  of  a  variety  of  changes  in  that  industry,  including  changes  in
economic conditions, mergers or consolidations, reduced spending on benefits programs and other factors, could adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in the health insurance market could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The market for private health insurance in the United States is evolving and, as our solutions are integrated with
health insurance plans offered by insurance carriers for our clients, our future financial performance will depend in part on
the  growth  in  this  market.  Changes  and  developments  in  the  health  insurance  system  in  the  United  States,  including
taxability of medical benefits like ours, could reduce demand for our solutions and harm our business. For example, there
has been an ongoing national debate relating to the health care reimbursement system in the United States. Some members
of  Congress  have  introduced  proposals  that  would  create  a  new  single  payor  national  health  insurance  program  for  all
United States residents, others have proposed more incremental approaches such as creating a new public health insurance
plan  option  as  a  supplement  to  private  sources  of  coverage.  In  the  event  that  laws,  regulations  or  rules  that  eliminate  or
reduce private sources of health insurance or require such benefits to be taxable are adopted, the subsequent impact on the
insurance  carriers  may  in  turn  adversely  impact  our  ability  to  accurately  forecast  future  results  and  harm  our  business,
financial condition and results of operations.

The health benefits industry may be subject to negative publicity, which could adversely affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations.

The  health  benefits  industry  may  be  subject  to  negative  publicity,  which  can  arise  from,  among  other  things,
increases  in  premium  rates,  industry  consolidation,  cost  of  care  initiatives,  drug  prices  and  the  ongoing  debate  over  the
Patient  Protection  and  Affordable  Care  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Health  Care  and  Education  Reconciliation  Act,  or
collectively the ACA. There remain judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, as well as efforts
by  the  Trump  administration  to  repeal  or  replace  certain  aspects  of  the  ACA.  Further,  the  United  States  Supreme  Court
announced  on  March  2,  2020  that  it  will  consolidate  two  cases  regarding  the  constitutionality  of  the  ACA.  It  is  unclear
when such oral arguments are to be held and when a decision is expected to be made. In addition, negative publicity may
result in increased regulation and legislative review of industry practices, which may further increase our costs of doing
business and adversely affect our profitability. For example, PBM programs and drug rebates have recently been criticized
as leading to a lack of transparency about the true cost of a drug, and this negative publicity may lead to regulatory changes
that  could  potentially  affect  our  business  and  operations.  Negative  public  perception  or  publicity  of  the  health  benefits
industry in general, the insurance carriers with whom we integrate our solutions, or us could adversely affect our business,
financial condition and results of operations.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

If our computer systems, or those of our provider clinics, specialty pharmacies or other downstream vendors lag, fail or
suffer security breaches, we may incur a material disruption of our services, which could materially impact our business
and the results of operations.  

Our business is increasingly dependent on critical, complex and interdependent information technology systems,
including cloud-based systems, to support business processes as well as internal and external communications. Our success
therefore  is  dependent  in  part  on  our  ability  to  secure,  integrate,  develop,  redesign  and  enhance  our  (or  contract  with
vendors to provide) technology systems that support our business strategy initiatives and processes in a compliant, secure,
and cost and resource efficient manner. If we or our provider clinics, specialty pharmacies or other downstream vendors
have an issue with our or their respective technology systems, it may result in a disruption to our operations or downstream
disruption to our relationships with our clients or our selective network of high-quality fertility specialists. Additionally, if
we choose to insource any of the services currently handled by a third party, it may result in technological or operational
disruptions.

In  addition,  despite  the  implementation  of  security  measures,  our  internal  computer  systems,  and  those  of  our
provider clinics, specialty pharmacies or other downstream vendors, are potentially vulnerable to damage from malicious
intrusion,  malware,  computer  viruses,  unauthorized  access,  natural  disasters,  terrorism,  war  and  telecommunication  and
electrical failures. While we are not aware that we have experienced any such system failure, accident or security breach to
date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption to our
ability to deliver our solutions. In addition, to the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss or
inappropriate  disclosure  of  confidential  information,  we  could  incur  liability.  See  “—Risks  Related  to  Government
Regulation—We  operate  in  a  highly  regulated  industry  and  must  comply  with  a  significant  number  of  complex  and
evolving requirements—Data Protection and Breaches.”

A significant change in the utilization of our solutions could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.

We do not control or impact the level of utilization of our solutions for each of our clients, in particular for newer
clients. A significant reduction in the number of members using our solutions could adversely affect our business, financial
condition  and  results  of  operations.  Factors  that  could  contribute  to  a  reduction  in  the  use  of  our  solutions  include:
reductions  in  workforce  by  existing  clients;  general  economic  downturn  that  results  in  business  failures  and  high
unemployment  rates;  outbreaks  of  contagious  diseases;  employers  no  longer  offering  comprehensive  health  coverage  or
offering alternative solutions such as coverage on a voluntary, employee-funded basis; federal and state regulatory changes;
changes to taxability of medical benefits; failure to adapt and respond effectively to changing medical landscape, changing
regulations,  changing  client  needs,  requirements  or  preferences;  premium  increases  and  benefits  changes;  negative
publicity, through social media or otherwise and news coverage.

It  is  also  difficult  for  us  to  predict  the  level  of  utilization  of  our  services  at  the  member  level.  If  the  actual
utilization  of  our  services  by  members  is  significantly  greater  than  budgeted,  the  client  may  be  responsible  for
corresponding  costs  that  exceed  its  planned  expenditure.  If  we  cannot  help  our  clients  accurately  predict  the  level  of
utilization  by  their  employees,  our  clients  may  turn  to  alternative  solutions,  and  our  business  and  profitability  would  be
adversely impacted.

If we fail to offer high-quality support, our reputation could suffer.

Our clients rely on our client account management personnel and our members rely on our PCAs to resolve issues
and realize the full benefits that our solutions and services provide. High-quality support is also important for the renewal
and expansion of our services to existing clients. The importance of our support functions will increase as we expand our
business and pursue new clients. If we do not help our clients quickly resolve issues and provide effective ongoing support,
our ability to maintain and expand our offerings to existing and new clients could suffer, and our reputation with existing or
potential clients could suffer. Further, to the extent that we are unsuccessful in hiring, training and retaining adequate PCAs
and client account management personnel, our ability to provide adequate and timely support to our members and clients
would  be  negatively  impacted,  and  our  members’  and  clients’  satisfaction  with  our  solutions  and  services  would  be
adversely affected.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Our marketing efforts depend significantly on our ability to receive positive references from our existing clients.

Our  marketing  efforts  depend  significantly  on  our  ability  to  call  on  our  current  clients  to  provide  positive
references to new, potential clients. Given our limited number of long-term clients, the loss or dissatisfaction of any client
could  substantially  harm  our  brand  and  reputation,  inhibit  the  market  adoption  of  our  offering  and  impair  our  ability  to
attract new clients and maintain existing clients. Any of these consequences could have an adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to effectively develop and expand our marketing and sales capabilities could harm our ability to increase our
client base and achieve broader market acceptance of solutions we provide.

Our ability to increase our client base and achieve broader market acceptance of solutions we provide will depend
to  a  significant  extent  on  our  ability  to  expand  our  marketing  and  sales  capabilities.  We  plan  to  continue  expanding  our
direct sales force and to dedicate significant resources to sales and marketing programs, including direct sales, inside sales,
targeted direct marketing, advertising, digital marketing, e-newsletter and conference sponsorships. All of these efforts will
require us to invest significant financial and other resources. Our business and results of operations could be harmed if our
sales  and  marketing  efforts  do  not  generate  significant  increases  in  revenue.  We  may  not  achieve  anticipated  revenue
growth from expanding our sales and marketing efforts if we are unable to hire, develop, integrate and retain talented and
effective sales personnel, if our new and existing sales personnel, on the whole, are unable to achieve desired productivity
levels in a reasonable period of time, or if our sales and marketing programs are not effective.

Our future revenue may not grow at the rates they historically have, or at all.

We have experienced significant growth since the launch of our fertility benefits solution in 2016. Revenue and
our client base may not grow at the same rates they historically have, or they may decline in the future. Our future growth
will depend, in part, on our ability to:

·

·

·

continue to attract new clients and maintain existing clients;

price our solutions and services effectively so that we are able to attract new clients, expand sales to our
existing clients and maintain profitability;

provide our clients and members with client support that meets their needs, including through dedicated
PCAs;

· maintain successful collection of member cost shares and other applicable receivable balances directly from

members;

·

·

retain and maintain relationships with high-quality and respected fertility specialists;

attract and retain highly qualified personnel to support all clients and members;

· maintain satisfactory relationships with insurance carriers; and

·

increase awareness of our brand and successfully compete with other companies.

We  may  not  successfully  accomplish  all  or  any  of  these  objectives,  which  may  affect  our  future  revenue,  and
which makes it difficult for us to forecast our future results of operations. In addition, if the assumptions that we use to plan
our business are incorrect or change in reaction to changes in our market, it may be difficult for us to maintain profitability.
You  should  not  rely  on  our  revenue  for  any  prior  quarterly  or  annual  periods  as  any  indication  of  our  future  revenue  or
revenue growth.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

In addition, we expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on:

·

·

·

sales and marketing;

our technology infrastructure, including systems architecture, scalability, availability, performance and
security; and

general administration, including increased legal and accounting expenses associated with being a public
company.

These investments may not result in increased revenue growth in our business. If we are unable to increase our
revenue  at  a  rate  sufficient  to  offset  the  expected  increase  in  our  costs,  our  business,  financial  position,  and  results  of
operations  will  be  harmed,  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  maintain  profitability  over  the  long  term.  Additionally,  we  may
encounter unforeseen operating expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may result in
losses in future periods.

If our revenue growth does not meet our expectations in future periods, we may not maintain profitability in the

future, our business, financial position and results of operations may be harmed.

If the estimates and assumptions we use to determine the size of the target markets for our services are inaccurate, our
future growth rate may be impacted and our business would be harmed.

Market  opportunity  estimates  and  growth  forecasts  are  subject  to  significant  uncertainty  and  are  based  on
assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. Furthermore, the healthcare industry is rapidly evolving and
the  markets  for  fertility  benefits  management  and  the  related  fertility  pharmacy  benefits  management  are  relatively
immature. Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts, including those we have generated ourselves, are subject to
significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate, including the risks
described herein. Even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow
at similar rates, if at all.

Our estimates of the market opportunity for our services are based on the assumption that the purpose-built, data-
driven and disruptive fertility benefits platform with the Smart Cycle plan design we offer will be attractive to employers.
Employers may pursue alternatives or may not see the value in providing enhanced fertility-related coverage and services
to their employees. In addition, we believe we are expanding the size of the fertility market as we enhance demand and
increase awareness for fertility benefits. If these assumptions prove inaccurate, or if the increase in awareness of fertility
benefits  attracts  potential  competitors  to  enter  the  market  and  results  in  greater  competition,  our  business,  financial
condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

It is difficult to predict member utilization rates and demand for our solutions, the entry of competitive solutions
or the future growth rate and size of the fertility market, and more specifically the fertility benefits management market and
the  pharmacy  benefits  management  market.  The  expansion  of  the  fertility  market  depends  on  a  number  of  factors,
including, but not limited to: the continued trend of individuals starting families later in life, increase in number of single
mothers by choice, adoption of non-traditional paths to parenthood and continued de-stigmatization of infertility. Further,
the expansion of the fertility benefits management market and the pharmacy benefits market both depend on a number of
factors, including, but not limited to: the continued trends of a competitive workforce with employers competing for talent
based on benefits that they provide and employers’ focus on benefits to attract and retain top talent.

If fertility benefits management or pharmacy benefits management do not continue to achieve market acceptance,
or if there is a reduction in demand caused by a lack of client or member acceptance, a reduction in employers’ focus on
enhancing  benefits  to  employees,  weakening  economic  conditions,  data  security  or  privacy  concerns,  governmental
regulation, competing offerings or otherwise, the market for our solutions and services might not continue to develop or
might develop more slowly than we expect, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We may not be able to successfully manage our growth, and if we are not able to grow efficiently, our business, financial
condition and results of operations could be harmed.  

As usage of our solutions grows, we will need to devote additional resources to improving and maintaining our
infrastructure.  In  addition,  we  will  need  to  appropriately  scale  our  internal  business  systems  and  our  client  account
management and member services personnel to serve our growing client base. Any failure of or delay in these efforts could
result  in  reduced  client  and  member  satisfaction,  resulting  in  decreased  sales  to  new  clients  and  lower  renewal  and
utilization rates by existing clients, which could hurt our revenue growth and our reputation. Even if we are successful in
these  efforts,  they  will  require  the  dedication  of  management  time  and  attention.  We  could  also  face  inefficiencies  or
service disruptions as a result of our efforts to scale our internal infrastructure. We cannot be sure that the expansion and
improvements to our internal infrastructure will be effectively implemented on a timely basis, and such failures could harm
our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Unfavorable  conditions  in  our  industry  or  the  United  States  economy,  or  reductions  in  employee  benefits  spending,
could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our results of operations.

Unfavorable changes in our industry or in the United States economy could have a negative effect on ours and our
clients’  and  potential  clients’  results  of  operations.  Negative  conditions  in  the  general  economy  in  the  United  States,
including  conditions  resulting  from  changes  in  gross  domestic  product  growth,  financial  and  credit  market  fluctuations,
international trade relations, political turmoil, natural catastrophes, outbreaks of contagious diseases, warfare and terrorist
attacks on the United States, could cause a decrease in business investments, including spending on employee benefits, and
negatively affect the growth of our business. In addition, unfavorable economic conditions could result in the cancellation
by certain clients or material defaults by members on their cost share. Further, economic conditions including interest rate
fluctuations, changes in capital market conditions and regulatory changes, such as the taxability of medical benefits like
ours,  may  affect  our  ability  to  obtain  necessary  financing  on  acceptable  terms.  In  addition,  the  increased  pace  of
consolidation in the healthcare industry may result in competitors with greater market power. We cannot predict the timing,
strength, or duration of any economic slowdown, instability, or recovery, generally or within any particular industry.

Seasonality may cause fluctuations in our sales and results of operations.

st

Our business experiences moderate seasonality in revenue with a slightly higher proportion of revenue during the
second half of the year as compared with the first half. Given that the majority of our clients contract with us for a January
1  benefits plan start date and that the average cost of treatments earlier in the overall treatment process is somewhat lower
than  the  average  cost  as  treatment  progresses,  our  revenue  from  treatment  services  tend  to  grow  as  the  year  continues,
particularly for new clients. In addition, as with most medical benefits plans, members will typically seek to maximize the
use  of  their  benefits  once  they  have  reached  their  annual  deductible  and/or  annual  out-of-pocket  maximums,  thereby
increasing treatments in the latter part of the year. We expect that this seasonality will continue to affect our revenue and
results of operations in the future as we continue to target larger enterprise clients.

In addition, the seasonality of our businesses could create cash flow management risks if we do not adequately
anticipate and plan for periods of comparatively decreased cash flow, which could negatively impact our ability to execute
on our strategy, which in turn could harm our results of operations. Accordingly, our results for any particular quarter may
vary for a number of reasons, and we caution investors to evaluate our quarterly results in light of these factors.

If our new solutions and services are not adopted by our clients or members, or if we fail to innovate and develop new
offerings that are adopted by our clients, our revenue and results of operations may be adversely affected.

To date, we have derived a substantial majority of our revenue from sales of our fertility benefits and Progyny Rx
solutions. As we operate in an evolving industry, our long-term results of operations and continued growth will depend on
our ability to successfully develop and market new successful solutions and services to our clients. If our existing clients
and members do not value and/or are not willing to make additional payments for such new solutions or services, it could
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we are unable to predict clients’ or members’
preferences, if the markets in which we participate change, including in response to government regulation, or if we are

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

unable to modify our solutions and services on a timely basis, we may lose clients. Our results of operations would also
suffer if our innovations are not responsive to the needs of the members, appropriately timed with market opportunity or
effectively brought to market.

If  we  fail  to  adapt  and  respond  effectively  to  the  changing  medical  landscape,  changing  regulations,  changing  client
needs, requirements or preferences, our offerings may become less competitive.

The market in which we compete is subject to a changing medical landscape and changing regulations, as well as
changing  client  needs,  requirements  and  preferences.  The  success  of  our  business  will  depend,  in  part,  on  our  ability  to
adapt and respond effectively to these changes on a timely basis. Our business strategy may not effectively respond to these
changes, and we may fail to recognize and position ourselves to capitalize upon market opportunities. We may not have
sufficient  advance  notice  and  resources  to  develop  and  effectively  implement  an  alternative  strategy.  There  may  be
scientific or clinical changes that require us to change our solutions or that make our solutions, including the Smart Cycles,
less  competitive  in  the  marketplace.  If  there  are  sensitivities  to  our  model  or  our  existing  competitors  and  new  entrants
create new disruptive business models and/or develop new solutions that clients and members prefer to our solutions, we
may lose clients and members, and our results of operations, cash flows and/or prospects may be adversely affected. The
future  performance  of  our  business  will  depend  in  large  part  on  our  ability  to  design  and  implement  market  appropriate
strategic initiatives, some of which will occur over several years in a dynamic industry. If these initiatives do not achieve
their objectives, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

If we fail to maintain and enhance our brand, our ability to expand our client base will be impaired and our business,
financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing the Progyny brand is important to support the marketing and sale of
our existing and future solutions to new clients and expand sales of our solutions to existing clients. We also believe that
the  importance  of  brand  recognition  will  increase  as  competition  in  our  market  increases.  Successfully  maintaining  and
enhancing  our  brand  will  depend  largely  on  the  effectiveness  of  our  marketing  efforts,  our  ability  to  provide  reliable
services that continue to meet the needs of our clients at competitive prices, our ability to maintain our clients’ trust, our
ability  to  continue  to  develop  new  solutions,  and  our  ability  to  successfully  differentiate  our  platform  from  competitive
solutions and services. Our brand promotion activities may not generate client awareness or yield increased revenue, and
even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully
promote and maintain our brand, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

If we fail to retain and motivate members of our management team or other key employees, or fail to attract additional
qualified personnel to support our operations, our business and future growth prospects could be harmed.

Our success and future growth depend largely upon the continued services of our management team and our other
key  employees.  From  time  to  time,  there  may  be  changes  in  our  executive  management  team  or  other  key  employees
resulting from the hiring or departure of these personnel. Our executive officers and other key employees are employed on
an at-will basis, which means that these personnel could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of one or
more of our executive officers, or the failure by our executive team to effectively work with our employees and lead our
company, could harm our business.

In  addition,  to  execute  our  growth  plan,  we  must  attract  and  retain  highly  qualified  personnel.  Competition  for
these personnel is intense, especially for experienced sales and client account management personnel. There is no guarantee
we will be able to attract such personnel or that competition among potential employers will not result in increased salaries
or other benefits. From time to time, we have experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and
retaining  employees  with  appropriate  qualifications.  Many  of  the  companies  with  which  we  compete  for  experienced
personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former
employers may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached their legal obligations, resulting in a diversion
of our time and resources. In addition, prospective and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards
they  receive  in  connection  with  their  employment.  If  the  perceived  value  of  our  equity  awards  declines,  experiences
significant volatility, or increases such that prospective employees believe there is limited upside to the value of our equity
awards, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain key employees. If we fail to attract

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

new  personnel  or  fail  to  retain  and  motivate  our  current  personnel,  our  business  and  future  growth  prospects  could  be
harmed.

If we cannot maintain our company culture as we grow, our success and our business and competitive position may be
harmed.

We believe our culture has been a key contributor to our success to date and that the critical nature of the mission
we are pursuing promotes a sense of greater purpose and fulfillment in our employees. Any failure to preserve our culture
could negatively affect our ability to retain and recruit personnel, which is critical to our growth, and to effectively focus on
and  pursue  our  corporate  objectives.  As  we  grow  and  develop  the  infrastructure  of  a  public  company,  we  may  find  it
difficult to maintain these important aspects of our culture. If we fail to maintain our company culture, our business and
competitive position may be harmed.

Risks Related to Our Relationships with Third Parties

Our business depends on our ability to maintain our Center of Excellence network of high-quality fertility specialists
and  other  healthcare  providers.  If  we  are  unable  to  do  so,  our  future  growth  would  be  limited  and  our  business,
financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

Our success is dependent upon our continued ability to maintain a selective Center of Excellence, our proprietary,
credentialed  network  of  high-quality  fertility  specialists.  Fertility  specialists  could  refuse  to  contract,  demand  higher
payments or take other actions that could result in higher medical costs, less attractive service for our members or difficulty
meeting regulatory or accreditation requirements. Identifying high-quality fertility specialists, credentialing and negotiating
contracts with them and evaluating, monitoring and maintaining our network, requires significant time and resources. If we
are  not  successful  in  maintaining  our  relationships  with  top  fertility  specialists,  these  fertility  specialists  may  refuse  to
renew their contracts with us, and potential competitors may be effective in onboarding these or other high-quality fertility
specialists to create a similarly high-quality network. There may be additional shifts in the fertility specialty provider space
as  the  fertility  market  matures,  and  high-quality  fertility  specialists  may  become  more  demanding  in  re-negotiating  to
remain in our network. Our ability to develop and maintain satisfactory relationships with high-quality fertility specialists
also may be negatively impacted by other factors not associated with us, such as regulatory changes impacting providers or
consolidation  activity  among  hospitals,  physician  groups  and  healthcare  providers.  In  addition,  certain  organizations  of
physicians,  such  as  practice  management  companies  (which  group  together  physician  practices  for  administrative
efficiency),  may  change  the  way  in  which  healthcare  providers  do  business  with  us  and  may  compete  directly  with  us,
which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In  addition,  the  perceived  value  of  our  solutions  and  our  reputation  may  be  negatively  impacted  if  the  services
provided by one or more of our fertility specialists are not satisfactory to our members, including as a result of provider
error  that  could  result  in  litigation.  For  example,  if  a  provider  within  our  network  experiences  an  issue  with  their
cryopreservation techniques or releases sensitive information of our members, we could incur additional expenses and it
could  give  rise  to  litigation  against  us.  Any  such  issue  with  one  of  our  providers  may  expose  us  to  public  scrutiny,
adversely affect our brand and reputation, expose us to litigation or regulatory action, and otherwise make our operations
vulnerable. Further, if a fertility specialist provides services that result in less than favorable outcomes, this could cause us
to fail to meet our contractually guaranteed specified service metrics, and we could be obligated to provide the client with a
fee  reduction.  The  failure  to  maintain  our  selective  network  of  high-quality  fertility  specialists  or  the  failure  of  those
specialists to meet and exceed our members’ expectations, may result in a loss of or inability to grow or maintain our client
base, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our  growth  depends  in  part  on  the  success  of  our  strategic  relationships  with,  and  monitoring  of,  third  parties,
including vendors, as well as insurance carriers.

In order to grow our business, we anticipate that we will continue to depend on our relationships with third parties,
including  vendors  and  insurance  carriers.  As  the  fertility  management  market  and  our  client  base  grow,  if  we  do  not
successfully maintain our relationships with insurance carriers, they may make integration more difficult or expensive, such
as implementing an onerous fee structure in exchange for our ability to continue to integrate our solutions with their

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

platforms. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with third parties, our ability to compete
in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our results of operations may suffer.

In addition, our arrangements with these third parties may expose us to public scrutiny, adversely affect our brand
and  reputation,  expose  us  to  litigation  or  regulatory  action,  and  otherwise  make  our  operations  vulnerable  if  we  fail  to
adequately monitor their performance or if they fail to meet their contractual obligations to us or to comply with applicable
laws or regulations.

If we fail to maintain an efficient pharmacy distribution network or if there is a disruption to our distribution network,
our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer.

The timely delivery of fertility prescriptions is essential for fertility treatments. If prescriptions are delivered late,
the  delay  may  result  in  postponement  of  a  member’s  treatment  cycle  and  member  dissatisfaction  with  our  solutions.  We
believe that our ability to maintain and grow the adoption of Progyny Rx is highly dependent on our success in maintaining
an  efficient  pharmacy  distribution  network  and  our  record  of  on-time  delivery.  If  we  are  unable  to  maintain  an  efficient
pharmacy distribution network, or if a significant disruption thereto should occur, the use of Progyny Rx may decline due
to the inability to timely deliver prescription to members, which could cause our business, financial condition and results of
operations to suffer.

If  we  lose  our  relationship  with  one  or  more  key  pharmaceutical  manufacturers,  or  if  the  rebates  provided  by
pharmaceutical manufactures decline, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We maintain contractual relationships with select pharmaceutical manufacturers which provide us with access to
limited  distribution  specialty  pharmaceutical  rebates  for  drugs  we  purchase.  The  consolidation  of  pharmaceutical
manufacturers,  the  shortages  of  drugs  provided  by  such  manufacturers,  the  termination  or  material  alteration  of  our
contractual relationships, or our failure to renew such contracts on favorable terms could have a material adverse effect on
our  business  and  results  of  operations.  In  addition,  PBM  programs  have  been  the  subject  of  debate  in  federal  and  state
legislatures and various other public and governmental forums. Adoption of new laws, rules or regulations or changes in, or
new  interpretations  of,  existing  laws,  rules  or  regulations,  relating  to  any  of  these  programs  could  materially  adversely
affect our business and results of operations.

Our marketing efforts depend on our ability to maintain our relationship with benefits consultants.

We sell our solutions through our sales organization and, in many cases, we leverage our relationships with top
benefits consultants to establish relationships with potential clients. Our sales team has broad experience in health benefits
management and extensive pre-existing long-term relationships with industry participants and benefits executives at large
employers.  If  we  fail  to  maintain  our  relationship  with  the  benefits  consultants,  our  marketing  efforts,  business  and
profitability would be adversely impacted.

We are exposed to credit risk from our members.  

We collect copayments, coinsurance and deductibles directly from members. We do not require collateral for such
receivables. Our failure to collect a significant portion of the amount due on such receivables directly from members could
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

We  operate  in  a  highly  regulated  industry  and  must  comply  with  a  significant  number  of  complex  and  evolving
requirements.

We have attempted to structure our operations to comply with laws, regulations and other requirements applicable
to us directly and to our clients and vendors, but there can be no assurance that our operations will not be challenged or
impacted  by  regulatory  authorities  or  enforcement  initiatives.  We  have  been,  and  in  the  future  may  become,  involved  in
governmental investigations, audits, reviews and assessments. Any determination by a court or agency that our solutions or
services violate, or cause our clients to violate, applicable laws, regulations or other requirements could subject us or our
clients to significant administrative, civil or criminal penalties. Such a determination also could require us to change

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

or terminate portions of our business, disqualify us from serving clients that do business with government entities, or cause
us  to  refund  some  or  all  of  our  service  fees  or  otherwise  compensate  our  clients.  In  addition,  failure  to  satisfy  laws,
regulations or other requirements could adversely affect demand for our solutions and could force us to expend significant
capital, research and development and other resources to address the failure. Even an unsuccessful challenge by regulatory
and  other  authorities  or  parties  could  be  expensive  and  time-consuming,  could  result  in  loss  of  business,  exposure  to
adverse publicity, and injury to our reputation and could adversely affect our ability to retain and attract clients. If we fail to
comply with applicable laws, regulations and other requirements, our business, financial condition and results of operations
could  be  adversely  affected.  Such  non-compliance  could  also  require  significant  investment  to  address  and  may  prove
costly. There are several additional federal and state statutes, regulations, guidance and contractual provisions related to or
impacting the healthcare industry that may apply to our business activities directly or indirectly, including, but not limited
to:

(cid:0)     Licensing and Licensed Personnel. Many states have licensure or registration requirements for entities acting
as a third-party administrator, or TPA, and PBMs. The scope of these laws differs from state to state, and the
application of such laws to the activities of TPAs and PBMs is often unclear. Given the nature and scope of
the  solutions  and  services  that  we  provide,  we  are  required  to  maintain  TPA  and  PBM  licenses  and
registrations in certain jurisdictions and to ensure that such licenses and registrations are in good standing on
an  annual  basis.  We  are  licensed,  have  licensure  applications  pending  before  appropriate  regulatory  bodies,
are exempt from licensure or registration, or are otherwise authorized under such laws in those states in which
we provide our TPA and PBM services. These licenses require us to comply with the rules and regulations of
the  governmental  bodies  that  issued  such  licenses.  Our  failure  to  comply  with  such  rules  and  regulations
could result in significant administrative penalties, the suspension of a license, or the loss of a license, all of
which  could  negatively  impact  our  business.  Additionally,  from  time  to  time,  legislation  is  considered  that
would  purport  to  declare  a  PBM  a  fiduciary  with  respect  to  its  clients.  While  the  validity  of  such  laws  is
questionable and we do not believe any such laws are currently in effect, we cannot predict what effect, if any,
such statutes, if enacted, may have on our business and financial results.

Separately,  states  impose  licensing  requirements  on  insurers,  risk-bearing  entities,  and  insurance  agents,  as
well as those entities that provide utilization review services. We do not believe that the nature of our services
requires us to be licensed under applicable state law. We are unable to predict, however, how our services may
be viewed by regulators over time, how these laws and regulations will be interpreted, or the full extent of
their application. If a regulatory authority in any state determines that the nature of our business requires that
we  be  licensed  under  applicable  state  laws,  we  may  need  to  restructure  our  business  to  comply  with  any
related  requirements,  such  as  maintaining  adequate  reserves,  creating  new  compliance  processes,  hiring
additional  personnel  to  manage  regulatory  compliance,  and  paying  additional  regulatory  fees,  which  could
adversely affect our results of operation. Additionally, we may need to cease operations until we are able to
obtain  appropriate  licensure,  which  may  adversely  affect  our  revenue  for  a  period  of  time  that  we  cannot
estimate.

In addition, we employ PCAs to support and guide our members as part of our fertility benefits management
services.  The  PCAs  do  not  provide  any  licensed  healthcare  services,  and  in  turn,  are  not  licensed  by  any
regulatory body to provide these services. We otherwise do not employ individuals to provide any healthcare
services requiring licensure. If a professional board in any state determines that the services provided by our
employed  PCAs  require  a  license  to  be  provided,  we  may  need  to  conduct  additional  training  and
credentialing,  replace  staff,  obtain  additional  insurance,  and  pay  increased  salaries,  which  could  adversely
affect our results of operation. We may additionally need to suspend the PCA services we provide while our
personnel obtains the necessary licensure, which may adversely affect our relationships with our clients and
members and cause us to be in breach of our contracts.

(cid:0)          HIPAA  Privacy  and  Security  Requirements.  There  are  numerous  federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations
related to the privacy and security of health information. In particular, regulations promulgated pursuant to the
Health  Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  of  1996,  or  HIPAA,  establish  privacy  and  security
standards  that  limit  the  use  and  disclosure  of  certain  individually  identifiable  health  information  (known  as
“protected health information”) and require the implementation of administrative, physical and technological
safeguards to protect the privacy of protected health information and ensure the confidentiality, integrity and

34

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

availability of electronic protected health information. The privacy regulations established under HIPAA also
provide patients with rights related to understanding and controlling how their protected health information is
used and disclosed. As a provider of services to entities subject to HIPAA, we are directly subject to certain
provisions of the regulations as a “Business Associate.” When acting as a Business Associate under HIPAA,
to  the  extent  permitted  by  applicable  privacy  regulations  and  contracts  and  associated  Business  Associate
Agreements with our clients, we are permitted to use and disclose protected health information to perform our
services and for other limited purposes, but other uses and disclosures, such as marketing communications,
require  written  authorization  from  the  patient  or  must  meet  an  exception  specified  under  the  privacy
regulations.  We  also  have  downstream  Business  Associates,  which  provide  us  with  services  and  are  also
subject to HIPAA regulations.

If we, or any of our downstream Business Associates, are unable to properly protect the privacy and security
of protected health information entrusted to us, we could be found to have breached our contracts with our
clients and be subject to investigation by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, Office
for  Civil  Rights,  or  OCR.  In  the  event  OCR  finds  that  we  have  failed  to  comply  with  applicable  HIPAA
privacy  and  security  standards,  we  could  face  civil  and  criminal  penalties.  In  addition,  OCR  performs
compliance  audits  of  Covered  Entities  and  Business  Associates  in  order  to  proactively  enforce  the  HIPAA
privacy  and  security  standards.  OCR  has  become  an  increasingly  active  regulator  and  has  signaled  its
intention  to  continue  this  trend.  OCR  has  the  discretion  to  impose  penalties  and  may  require  companies  to
enter into resolution agreements and corrective action plans which impose ongoing compliance requirements.
OCR  enforcement  activity,  or  a  third-party  audit  related  to  a  HIPAA  incident  regarding  us  or  a  third-party
vendor, can result in financial liability and reputational harm, and responses to such enforcement activity can
consume  significant  internal  resources.  In  addition  to  enforcement  by  OCR,  state  attorneys  general  are
authorized  to  bring  civil  actions  under  either  HIPAA  or  relevant  state  laws  seeking  either  injunctions  or
damages in response to violations that threaten the privacy of state residents. Although we have implemented
and maintain policies, processes and compliance program infrastructure to assist us in complying with these
laws and regulations and our contractual obligations, we cannot provide assurance regarding how these laws
and regulations will be interpreted, enforced or applied to our operations. In addition to the risks associated
with enforcement activities and potential contractual liabilities, our ongoing efforts to comply with evolving
laws  and  regulations  at  the  federal  and  state  levels  also  might  require  us  to  make  costly  system  purchases
and/or modifications or otherwise divert significant resources to HIPAA compliance initiatives from time to
time.

(cid:0)          Other  Privacy  and  Security  Requirements.  In  addition  to  HIPAA,  numerous  other  federal  and  state  laws
govern  the  collection,  dissemination,  use,  access  to  and  confidentiality  of  personal  information,  some  of
which may be applicable to our business. Certain federal and state laws protect types of personal information
that  may  be  viewed  as  particularly  sensitive.  For  example,  New  York’s  Public  Health  Law,  Article  27-F
protects  information  that  could  reveal  confidential  HIV-related  information  about  an  individual.  In  many
cases, state laws are more restrictive than, and not preempted by, HIPAA, and may allow personal rights of
action with respect to privacy or security breaches, as well as fines. State laws are contributing to increased
enforcement  activity  and  may  also  be  subject  to  interpretation  by  various  courts  and  other  governmental
authorities. Further, California recently enacted the CCPA, which went into operation on January 1, 2020. The
CCPA gives California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of
certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is
used.  The  CCPA  provides  for  civil  penalties  for  violations,  as  well  as  a  private  right  of  action  for  data
breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. The CCPA may increase our compliance costs and
potential liability. Some observers have noted that the CCPA could mark the beginning of a trend toward more
stringent  privacy  legislation  in  the  United  States,  which  could  increase  our  potential  liability  and  adversely
affect our business.

Certain  of  our  solutions  and  services  involve  the  transmission  and  storage  of  client  and  member  data  in
various jurisdictions, which subjects the operation of those solutions and services to privacy or data protection
laws and regulations in those jurisdictions. While we believe these solutions and services comply with current
regulatory  and  security  requirements  in  the  jurisdictions  in  which  we  provide  these  solutions  and  services,
there can be no assurance that such requirements will not change or that we will not otherwise

35

 
 
 
Table of Contents

be subject to legal or regulatory actions. These laws and regulations are rapidly evolving and changing, and
could have an adverse impact on our operations. These laws and regulations are subject to uncertainty in how
they may be interpreted and enforced by government authorities and regulators. The costs of compliance with,
and  the  other  burdens  imposed  by,  these  and  other  laws  or  regulatory  actions  may  increase  our  operational
costs, prevent us from providing our solutions, and/or impact our ability to invest in or jointly develop our
solutions.  We  also  may  face  audits  or  investigations  by  one  or  more  government  agencies  relating  to  our
compliance with these laws and regulations. An adverse outcome under any such investigation or audit could
result  in  fines,  penalties,  other  liability,  or  could  result  in  adverse  publicity  or  a  loss  of  reputation,  and
adversely affect our business. Any failure or perceived failure by us or by our solutions to comply with these
laws and regulations may subject us to legal or regulatory actions, damage our reputation or adversely affect
our  ability  to  provide  our  solutions  in  the  jurisdiction  that  has  enacted  the  applicable  law  or  regulation.
Moreover, if these laws and regulations change, or are interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent
with our policies and processes or the operation of our solutions, we may need to expend resources in order to
change our business operations, policies and processes or the manner in which we provide our solutions. This
could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

(cid:0)     Data Protection and Breaches. In recent years, there have been a number of well-publicized data breaches
involving  the  improper  dissemination  of  personal  information  of  individuals  both  within  and  outside  of  the
healthcare  industry.  Laws  in  all  50  states  require  businesses  to  provide  notice  to  clients  whose  personally
identifiable  information  has  been  disclosed  as  a  result  of  a  data  breach.  The  laws  are  not  consistent,  and
compliance in the event of a widespread data breach is costly. States are also constantly amending existing
laws,  requiring  attention  to  frequently  changing  regulatory  requirements.  Most  states  require  holders  of
personal  information  to  maintain  safeguards  and  take  certain  actions  in  response  to  a  data  breach,  such  as
providing  prompt  notification  of  the  breach  to  affected  individuals  or  the  state’s  attorney  general.  In  some
states, these laws are limited to electronic data, but states increasingly are enacting or considering stricter and
broader requirements.

Additionally, under HIPAA, Covered Entities must report breaches of unsecured protected health information
to affected individuals without unreasonable delay, not to exceed 60 days following discovery of the breach
by  a  Covered  Entity  or  its  agents.  Notification  also  must  be  made  to  OCR  and,  in  certain  circumstances
involving  large  breaches,  to  the  media.  Business  Associates  must  report  breaches  of  unsecured  protected
health information to Covered Entities within 60 days of discovery of the breach by the Business Associate or
its agents or such shorter period as set forth in the applicable Business Associate Agreement. A non-permitted
use or disclosure of protected health information is presumed to be a breach under HIPAA unless the Covered
Entity or Business Associate establishes that there is a low probability the information has been compromised
consistent with requirements enumerated in HIPAA.

Despite  our  security  management  efforts  with  respect  to  physical  and  technological  safeguards,  employee
training,  vendor  (and  sub-vendor)  controls  and  contractual  relationships,  our  infrastructure,  data  or  other
operation centers and systems used in our business operations, including the internet and related systems of
our  vendors  (including  vendors  to  whom  we  outsource  data  hosting,  storage  and  processing  functions)  are
vulnerable to, and from time to time experience, unauthorized access to data and/or breaches of confidential
information  due  to  a  variety  of  causes.  Techniques  used  to  obtain  unauthorized  access  to  or  compromise
systems change frequently, are becoming increasingly sophisticated and complex, and are often not detected
until  after  an  incident  has  occurred.  As  a  result,  we  might  not  be  able  to  anticipate  these  techniques,
implement  adequate  preventive  measures,  or  immediately  detect  a  potential  compromise.  If  our  security
measures, some of which are managed by third parties, or the security measures of our service providers or
vendors, are breached or fail, it is possible that unauthorized or illegal access to or acquisition, disclosure, use
or  processing  of  personal  information,  confidential  information,  or  other  sensitive  client,  member,  or
employee  data,  including  HIPAA-regulated  protected  health  information,  may  occur.  A  security  breach  or
failure  could  result  from  a  variety  of  circumstances  and  events,  including  third-party  action,  human
negligence or error, malfeasance, employee theft or misuse, phishing and other social engineering schemes,
computer viruses, attacks by computer hackers, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing

36

 
 
 
Table of Contents

software, databases or components thereof, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication failures, and
catastrophic events.

If  our  security  measures,  or  those  of  our  service  providers  or  vendors,  were  to  be  breached  or  fail,  our
reputation could be severely damaged, adversely affecting client or investor confidence. As a result, clients
may  curtail  their  use  of  or  stop  using  our  offering  and  our  business  may  suffer.  In  addition,  we  could  face
litigation,  damages  for  contract  breach,  penalties  and  regulatory  actions  for  violation  of  HIPAA  and  other
laws  or  regulations  applicable  to  data  protection  and  significant  costs  for  remediation  and  for  measures  to
prevent future occurrences. In addition, any potential security breach could result in increased costs associated
with liability for stolen assets or information, repairing system damage that may have been caused by such
breaches,  incentives  offered  to  clients  or  other  business  partners  in  an  effort  to  maintain  the  business
relationships  after  a  breach  and  implementing  measures  to  prevent  future  occurrences,  including
organizational changes, deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees and
engaging  third-party  experts  and  consultants.  Negative  publicity  may  also  result  from  real,  threatened  or
perceived  security  breaches  affecting  us  or  our  industry  or  clients,  which  could  cause  us  to  lose  clients  or
partners  and  adversely  affect  our  operations  and  future  prospects.  While  we  maintain  cyber  insurance
covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses, we may not carry insurance or maintain
coverage  sufficient  to  compensate  for  all  liability  and  such  insurance  may  not  be  available  for  renewal  on
acceptable terms or at all, and in any event, insurance coverage would not address the reputational damage
that could result from a security incident.

(cid:0)     HIPAA Transaction and Identifier Standards. HIPAA and its implementing regulations mandate format and
data content standards and provider identifier standards (known as the National Provider Identifier) that must
be used in certain electronic transactions, such as claims, payment advice and eligibility inquiries. HHS has
established standards that health plans must use for electronic fund transfers with providers, has established
operating  rules  for  certain  transactions,  and  is  in  the  process  of  establishing  operating  rules  to  promote
uniformity in the implementation of the remaining types of covered transactions. The ACA also requires HHS
to  establish  standards  for  health  claims  attachment  transactions.  HHS  has  modified  the  standards  for
electronic healthcare transactions (e.g., eligibility, claims submission and payment and electronic remittance)
from Version 4010/4010A to Version 5010. Further, HHS now requires the use of updated standard code sets
for  diagnoses  and  procedures  known  as  the  ICD-10  code  sets.  Enforcement  of  compliance  with  these
standards falls under HHS and is carried out by CMS.

In  the  event  new  requirements  are  imposed,  we  will  be  required  to  modify  our  systems  and  processes  to
accommodate these changes. We will seek to modify our systems and processes as needed to prepare for and
implement  changes  to  the  transaction  standards,  code  sets  operating  rules  and  identifier  requirements;
however, we may not be successful in responding to these changes, and any responsive changes we make to
our systems and processes may result in errors or otherwise negatively impact our service levels. In addition,
the compliance dates for new or modified transaction standards, operating rules and identifiers may overlap,
which may further burden our resources.

(cid:0)          Fraud  and  Abuse  Laws.  Many  of  our  clients,  insurance  carriers,  and  network  healthcare  providers  are
impacted directly and indirectly by certain fraud and abuse laws, including the federal Anti-Kickback Statute,
the Physician Self-Referral Law, commonly referred to as the Stark Law, and the False Claims Act, as well as
their  state  equivalents.  Because  the  solutions  and  services  we  provide  are  not  reimbursed  by  government
healthcare payors, such fraud and abuse laws generally do not directly apply to our business, however, some
laws  may  be  applicable.  For  example,  certain  states  have  anti-kickback  and  false  claims  laws  that  may  be
broader in scope than analogous federal laws and may apply regardless of payor.

The laws, regulations and other requirements in this area are both broad and vague and judicial interpretation
can  also  be  inconsistent.  We  review  our  practices  with  regulatory  experts  in  an  effort  to  comply  with  all
applicable  laws,  regulatory  and  other  requirements.  However,  we  are  unable  to  predict  how  these  laws,
regulations  and  other  requirements  will  be  interpreted  or  the  full  extent  of  their  application,  particularly  to
services that are not directly reimbursed by federal healthcare programs. Any determination by a federal or

37

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

state regulatory authority that any of our activities or those of our clients or vendors violate any of these laws
or  regulations  could  subject  us  to  significant  administrative,  civil  or  criminal  penalties,  damages,
disgorgement,  monetary  fines  or  imprisonment,  require  us  to  enter  into  corporate  integrity  agreements  or
similar agreements with ongoing compliance obligations, disqualify us from providing services to clients that
are,  or  do  business  with,  government  programs  and/or  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  financial
condition and results of operations. Even an unsuccessful challenge by a regulatory authority of our activities
could result in adverse publicity and could require a costly response from us.

(cid:0)          ERISA Regulation.  The  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  or  ERISA,  regulates  certain
aspects of employee pension and health benefits plans, including self-funded corporate health plans sponsored
by  our  clients,  with  which  we  have  agreements  to  provide  TPA  services.  As  part  of  our  agreements  with  a
number of these clients, we offer PBM services through Progyny Rx. We believe the conduct of our business
vis-à-vis these plans is not generally subject to the fiduciary obligations of ERISA. However, there can be no
assurance  the  United  States  Department  of  Labor,  or  the  DOL,  which  is  the  agency  that  enforces  ERISA,
would not in the future assert that the fiduciary obligations imposed by ERISA apply to certain aspects of our
operations  or  courts  would  not  reach  such  a  ruling  in  private  ERISA  litigation.  In  addition  to  its  fiduciary
provisions,  ERISA  has  broad  preemptive  effect  and  has  been  held  to  preempt  state  laws  imposing
transparency requirements on PBMs. ERISA also imposes civil and criminal liability on service providers to
health plans subject to ERISA and certain other persons with relationships to such plans if certain forms of
illegal  or  prohibited  remuneration  are  made  or  received  by  such  service  providers  or  other  persons.  These
provisions  of  ERISA  are  similar,  but  not  identical,  to  the  healthcare  anti-kickback  laws  described  above,
although ERISA lacks the statutory and regulatory “safe harbor” exceptions incorporated into the healthcare
anti-kickback  laws.  Like  the  healthcare  anti-kickback  laws,  the  corresponding  provisions  of  ERISA  are
broadly written and their application to particular cases can be uncertain. Employee benefits plans subject to
ERISA are subject to certain rules, published by the DOL, including certain reporting requirements for direct
and indirect compensation received by plan service providers. However, many self-funded health plans such
as the plans that we have contracts with are exempt from these reporting requirements under current law. At
this time, we are unable to predict whether the DOL will issue additional regulations or guidance on reporting
or which additional regulations, if any, may be proposed in formal rulemaking by the DOL.

(cid:0)     Prompt Pay Laws. Certain states have laws regulating the amount of time that may elapse from when a third-
party payor receives a claim for services rendered to when those services are paid. These “prompt pay” laws
may  impact  us  as  well  as  our  clients  and  insurance  carriers.  Under  these  “prompt  pay”  laws,  we  may  be
obligated to pay healthcare providers within established time periods, and such time periods may be shorter
than existing contracted terms and/or via electronic transfer. In many states, we are deemed to be exempt from
the  prompt  pay  laws,  however,  we  seek  to  comply  with  them  in  each  state  in  which  we  do  business  to  the
extent  applicable,  and  our  efforts  include  the  use  of  controls  such  as  policies  and  processing  systems  that
ensure  we  pay  claims  as  quickly  as  possible  and  contract  language  related  to  timeframes  permitted  by
applicable law. If we do not make payments to healthcare providers in a timely fashion consistent with prompt
pay laws, we may be required to pay interest in addition to any amounts owed to such providers. In addition,
our reputation may be harmed and our contractual obligations to certain clients may be breached, causing us
to lose revenue or otherwise pay penalties under such contracts.

(cid:0)     Network Adequacy and Access Requirements. Network adequacy and access laws require health plans to
maintain a network of healthcare providers sufficient to deliver the benefits they contract to provide to their
enrollees.  In  light  of  the  increase  in  “narrow  networks”,  there  has  been  a  legislative  push  to  ensure  that
commercial payors contract with a sufficient number of healthcare providers to create an “adequate network.”
Additionally,  a  majority  of  states  now  have  some  form  of  legislation  affecting  our  payor  clients’  ability  to
limit access to a provider network or remove a provider from the network. Such legislation may require our
clients to admit any healthcare provider including any pharmacy provider willing to meet the plan’s price and
other terms for network participation (“any willing provider” legislation) or may provide that a provider may
not  be  removed  from  a  network  except  in  compliance  with  certain  procedures  (“due  process”  legislation).
Further,  to  ensure  network  adequacy  and  quality,  a  network  may  seek  to  accredit  its  healthcare  providers
through any number of accrediting bodies, such as the National Committee for Quality Assurance,

38

 
 
 
Table of Contents

or NCQA, and the Utilization Review Accreditation Commission. We follow NCQA standards to credential
the health providers with whom we contract to provide services within our network, and engage Council for
Affordable Quality Healthcare to conduct provider credentialing where required. Should any of the states we
operate in determine that our network of providers does not meet adequacy or access requirements, we may
be  subject  to  administrative  penalties  and  other  administrative  actions,  as  well  as  private  litigation.  In
addition,  if  we  are  unable  to  contract  with  a  sufficient  number  of  providers,  we  may  become  subject  to
administrative penalties or enforcement actions from state regulatory agencies, litigation from consumers, and
may be in breach of certain contractual covenants with our partners.

(cid:0)     Consumer Protection Laws. Federal and state consumer protection laws are being applied increasingly by the
Federal  Trade  Commission,  or  FTC,  Federal  Communications  Commission,  or  FCC,  and  states’  attorneys
general  to  regulate  the  collection,  use,  storage  and  disclosure  of  personal  or  health  information,  through
websites  or  otherwise,  and  to  regulate  the  presentation  of  website  content.  Courts  may  also  adopt  the
standards  for  fair  information  practices  promulgated  by  the  FTC,  which  concern  consumer  notice,  choice,
security and access. Consumer protection laws require us to publish statements to users of our services that
describe  how  we  handle  personal  information  and  choices  consumers  may  have  about  the  way  we  handle
personal information. If such information that we publish is considered untrue, we may be subject to claims of
unfair  or  deceptive  trade  practices,  which  could  lead  to  significant  liabilities  and  consequences,  including,
costs  of  defending  against  litigation,  settling  claims  and  loss  of  willingness  of  current  and  future  clients  to
work with us.

(cid:0)          Restrictions  on  Communication.  Communications  with  our  members  increasingly  may  be  subject  to  and
restricted by laws and regulations governing communications via telephone, fax, text, and email. We also use
email  and  social  media  platforms  as  marketing  tools.  For  example,  we  maintain  social  media  accounts.  As
laws  and  regulations,  including  FTC  enforcement,  rapidly  evolve  to  govern  the  use  of  these  platforms  and
devices, the failure by us, our employees or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws
and  regulations  in  the  use  of  these  platforms  and  devices  could  adversely  impact  our  business,  financial
condition and results of operations or subject us to fines or other penalties.

The  healthcare  regulatory  and  political  framework  is  uncertain  and  evolving.  Recent  and  future  developments  in  the
healthcare industry could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

All  of  our  revenue  is  derived  from  the  healthcare  industry,  which  is  highly  regulated  and  subject  to  changing
political, legislative, regulatory and other influences. Healthcare laws and regulations are rapidly evolving and may change
significantly in the future. For example, while ACA does not directly regulate our business as a benefit area, it does affect
the coverage and plan designs that are or will be provided by certain insurance carriers and certain of our clients, taxability
of such plans, as well as the overall reimbursement and drug pricing environment for healthcare providers. There remain
judicial  and  Congressional  challenges  to  certain  aspects  of  the  ACA,  as  well  as  efforts  by  the  Trump  administration  to
repeal or replace certain aspects of the ACA. Further, the United States Supreme Court announced on March 2, 2020 that it
will consolidate two cases regarding the constitutionality of the ACA. It is unclear when a decision is expected to be made.
Health reform efforts, including reforms to the ACA, and measures that would expand the role of government-sponsored
coverage, including single payer or so-called “Medicare-for-All” proposals, which could have far-reaching implications for
the healthcare industry if enacted.

We are unable to predict the full impact of health reform initiatives on our operations in light of the uncertainty
regarding  whether,  when  and  how  the  ACA  will  be  further  changed,  what  alternative  reforms  (including  single  payer
proposals), if any, may be enacted, the timing of enactment and implementation of alternative provisions and the impact of
alternative provisions on various healthcare industry participants.

Government  regulation,  industry  standards  and  other  requirements  create  risks  and  challenges  with  respect  to  our
compliance efforts and our business strategies.

The  healthcare  industry  is  highly  regulated  and  subject  to  frequently  changing  laws,  regulations,  industry

standards and other requirements. Many healthcare laws and regulations are complex, and their application to specific

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

solutions, services and relationships may not be clear. Because our clients are subject to various requirements, we may be
impacted as a result of our contractual obligations even when we are not directly subject to such requirements. In particular,
many existing healthcare laws and regulations, when enacted, did not anticipate the solutions and services that we provide,
and these laws and regulations may be applied to our solutions and services in ways that we do not anticipate. The ACA,
efforts  to  repeal  or  materially  change  the  ACA,  and  other  federal  and  state  efforts  to  reform  or  revise  aspects  of  the
healthcare industry or to revise or create additional legal or and regulatory requirements could impact our operations, the
use of our solutions and services, and our ability to market new solutions and services, or could create unexpected liabilities
for  us.  There  have  also  been  a  number  of  reform  efforts  around  PBMs  including  pricing  and  transparency  which  could
affect our business. We also may be impacted by laws, industry standards and other requirements that are not specific to the
healthcare  industry,  such  as  consumer  protection  laws  and  payment  card  industry  standards.  These  requirements  may
impact our operations and, if not followed, could result in fines, penalties and other liabilities and adverse publicity and
injury to our reputation.

We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering, and similar laws, and non-compliance with such
laws can subject us to criminal or civil liability and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

While  we  operate  only  in  the  United  States,  we  remain  subject  to  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act,  U.S.
domestic  bribery  laws,  and  other  anti-corruption  and  anti-money  laundering  laws  in  the  countries  in  which  we  conduct
activities. Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws have been enforced aggressively in recent years and are interpreted broadly
to  generally  prohibit  companies,  their  employees  and  their  third-party  intermediaries  from  authorizing,  offering,  or
providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or benefits to recipients in the public or private sector. If we expand
our business and sales outside the United States and to the public sector, we may engage with business partners and third-
party  intermediaries  to  market  our  services  and  to  obtain  for  us  the  necessary  permits,  licenses,  and  other  regulatory
approvals.  In  addition,  we  or  our  third-party  intermediaries  may  have  direct  or  indirect  interactions  with  officials  and
employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal
activities of these third-party intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, partners and agents, even if we do
not explicitly authorize such activities.

Detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations of anti-corruption laws can require a significant
diversion of time, resources, and attention from senior management. In addition, noncompliance with anti-corruption, anti-
bribery,  or  anti-money  laundering  laws  could  subject  us  to  whistleblower  complaints,  investigations,  prosecution,
enforcement actions, sanctions, settlements, fines, damages, other civil or criminal penalties or injunctions, suspension or
debarment  from  contracting  with  certain  persons,  reputational  harm,  adverse  media  coverage,  and  other  collateral
consequences. If any subpoenas or investigations are launched, or governmental or other sanctions are imposed, or if we do
not prevail in any possible civil or criminal proceeding, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be
harmed.  In  addition,  responding  to  any  action  will  likely  result  in  a  materially  significant  diversion  of  management’s
attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees, which could adversely affect our business,
financial condition and results of operations.

Any potential sales to government entities are subject to a number of challenges and risks.

We may sell our services or solutions to U.S. federal, state, and local government, and agency, clients. Sales to
such entities are subject to a number of challenges and risks. Selling to such entities can be highly competitive, expensive,
and  time-consuming,  often  requiring  significant  upfront  time  and  expense  without  any  assurance  that  these  efforts  will
generate  a  sale.  Government  contracting  requirements  may  change  and  in  doing  so  restrict  our  ability  to  sell  into  the
government sector until we have attained the revised certification. Government demand and payment for our offerings is
dependent on many factors outside our control, including general economic conditions, public sector budgetary constraints
and  funding  authorizations,  and  general  political  priorities,  with  funding  reductions  or  delays  adversely  affecting  public
sector demand for our offerings.

Further,  governmental  and  highly  regulated  entities  may  demand  contract  terms  that  differ  from  our  standard

arrangements. Such entities may have statutory, contractual, or other legal rights to terminate contracts with us or our

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

partners due to a default or for other reasons. Any such termination may adversely affect our reputation, business, financial
condition and results of operations.

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and
our brand.

Our  success  depends  in  part  on  our  ability  to  protect  our  brand  and  proprietary  trade  secret  and  confidential
information,  including  unpatented  know-how,  technology  and  other  proprietary  information,  maintaining,  defending  and
enforcing  our  intellectual  property  rights.  We  rely  on  our  agreements  with  our  clients,  and  non-disclosure  and
confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties, and our trademarks, trade secrets, and copyrights to protect
our  intellectual  property  rights.  However,  any  of  these  parties  may  breach  such  agreements  and  disclose  our  proprietary
information, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. There is no assurance that we will be
able to obtain, maintain, defend and enforce our intellectual property rights, or that such intellectual property rights will not
be challenged, narrowed, held unenforceable or circumvented. Therefore, these legal protections and precautions may not
prevent infringement, misappropriation or other violations of our intellectual property. Any litigation and any infringement,
misappropriation or other violations of our intellectual property could hinder our ability to market and sell our solutions,
and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third
party,  we  would  have  no  right  to  prevent  them  from  using  that  technology  or  information  to  compete  with  us  and  our
competitive position would be harmed.

Third parties may allege that our products and services, or the conduct of our business, infringe, misappropriate or
otherwise  violate  such  third  party’s  intellectual  property  rights.  Even  if  such  claims  are  without  merit,  defending  such
claims would cause us to incur substantial expenses and could cause us to pay substantial damages or seek a costly license
if we are found to be infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating a third party’s intellectual property rights. If we
are unable to enter into a license on acceptable terms or at all, we could be forced to cease some aspect of our business
operations  or  be  forced  to  redesign  our  products  or  services  so  that  we  no  longer  infringe  the  third-party  intellectual
property  rights,  which  may  result  in  significant  cost  and  delay  to  us,  or  which  redesign  could  be  technically  infeasible.
Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to
incur significant expenses and could distract our employees and management personnel from their normal responsibilities.

Moreover, although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of
others  in  their  work  for  us,  we  may  be  subject  to  claims  that  we  or  these  employees  have  used  or  disclosed  intellectual
property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any third parties, including such individual’s former
employer.  If  we  fail  in  defending  any  such  claims,  in  addition  to  paying  monetary  damages,  we  may  lose  valuable
intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result
in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

Furthermore, we currently own registered trademarks. In addition, any of our trademarks or trade names, whether
registered  or  unregistered,  may  be  challenged,  opposed,  infringed,  cancelled,  circumvented  or  declared  generic,  or
determined to be infringing on other marks, as applicable. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and
trade names, which we will need to build name recognition by potential collaborators or clients in our markets of interest.

Any  litigation  against  us  could  be  costly  and  time-consuming  to  defend  and  could  harm  our  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

We have in the past and may in the future become subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary
course  of  business,  such  as  claims  brought  by  our  clients  or  vendors  in  connection  with  commercial  disputes  or
employment claims made by our current or former employees. We are currently in arbitration with a former vendor who
alleges a breach of our contract with such vendor, as described in Part I, Item 3. “Legal Proceedings” of this Annual Report
on Form 10-K. We are unable to predict the outcome of any of these legal proceedings. Such proceedings might result in
substantial costs, regardless of the outcome, and may divert management’s attention and resources, which might seriously

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide
sufficient payments to cover all the costs to resolve one or more such claims, and might not continue to be available on
terms  acceptable  to  us.  A  claim  brought  against  us  that  is  uninsured  or  underinsured  could  result  in  unanticipated  costs,
potentially harming our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Acquisitions, strategic investments, partnerships, or alliances could be difficult to identify, pose integration challenges,
divert the attention of management, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect our business,
financial condition and results of operations.

We may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, joint ventures, products and services, or technologies
that we believe could complement or expand our platform, enhance our technical capabilities, or otherwise offer growth
opportunities. Any such acquisition or investment may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various
expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable opportunities, whether or not the transactions are completed,
and  may  result  in  unforeseen  operating  difficulties  and  expenditures.  In  particular,  we  may  encounter  difficulties
assimilating  or  integrating  the  businesses,  technologies,  products  and  services,  personnel  or  operations  of  the  acquired
companies,  particularly  if  the  key  personnel  of  the  acquired  company  choose  not  to  work  for  us,  they  are  operationally
difficult  to  integrate,  or  we  have  difficulty  retaining  the  clients  of  any  acquired  business  due  to  changes  in  ownership,
management or otherwise. These transactions may also disrupt our business, divert our resources, and require significant
management attention that would otherwise be available for development of our existing business. Any such transactions
that we are able to complete may not result in any synergies or other benefits we had expected to achieve, which could
result  in  impairment  charges  that  could  be  substantial.  In  addition,  we  may  not  be  able  to  find  and  identify  desirable
acquisition  targets  or  business  opportunities  or  be  successful  in  entering  into  an  agreement  with  any  particular  strategic
partner. These transactions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could
adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations.  In  addition,  if  the  resulting  business  from  such  a  transaction  fails  to  meet  our
expectations, or we fail to successfully integrate such businesses into our own, our business, financial condition and results
of operations may be adversely affected or we may be exposed to unknown risks or liabilities.

The December 2017 U.S. federal tax reform may subject us to potential adverse tax consequences.  

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the Tax Act, enacted in December 2017, among other things, includes changes to
U.S. federal tax rates, imposes additional limitations on the deductibility of interest, has both positive and negative changes
to the utilization of future net operating loss carryforwards, allows for the expensing of certain capital expenditures, and
puts into effect the migration from a “worldwide” system of taxation to a “quasi-territorial system”. Our net deferred tax
assets and liabilities and valuation allowance have been revalued at the U.S. corporate rate, which the Tax Act reduced to
21%.  We  continue  to  examine  the  impact  this  tax  reform  legislation  may  have  on  our  business.  The  impact  of  this  tax
reform on holders of our common stock is uncertain and could be adverse.

Changes in our effective tax rate or tax liability may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our effective tax rate could increase due to several factors, including, but not limited to:

·

·

·

·

·

changes in the relative amounts of income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate that
have differing statutory tax rates;

changes in tax laws, tax treaties, and regulations or the interpretation of them, including the Tax Act;

changes to our assessment about our ability to realize our deferred tax assets that are based on estimates of
our future results, the prudence and feasibility of possible tax planning strategies, and the economic and
political environments in which we do business;

the outcome of future tax audits, examinations, or administrative appeals; and

limitations or adverse findings regarding our ability to do business in some jurisdictions.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Any of these developments could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Certain U.S. state tax authorities may assert that we have a state nexus and seek to impose state and local income taxes
which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We currently file state income tax returns in certain states. There is a risk that certain state tax authorities where
we do not currently file a state income tax return could assert that we are liable for state and local income taxes based upon
income or gross receipts allocable to such states. States are becoming increasingly aggressive in asserting a nexus for state
income tax purposes. We could be subject to state and local taxation, including penalties and interest attributable to prior
periods,  if  a  state  tax  authority  in  which  we  do  not  currently  file  a  state  income  tax  return  successfully  asserts  that  our
activities  give  rise  to  a  taxable  nexus.  Such  tax  assessments,  penalties  and  interest  may  adversely  affect  our  results  of
operations.

We may not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss or research tax credit carryforwards, which
could adversely affect our profitability.

As of December 31, 2019, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $92 million
and $71 million, respectively, due to prior period losses, some of which, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2031 for
federal  and  state  purposes.  Federal  and  California  research  and  development  tax  credit  carryforwards  are  approximately
$729,000  and  $830,000,  respectively.  The  federal  research  and  development  tax  credits  begin  to  expire  in  2030,  and  the
California research and development tax credits have no expiration date. These net operating loss and research tax credit
carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could adversely affect
our profitability.

In  addition,  under  Section  382  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended,  our  ability  to  utilize  net
operating  loss  carryforwards  or  other  tax  attributes  in  any  taxable  year  may  be  limited  if  we  experience  an  “ownership
change.” A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who
own  at  least  5%  of  our  stock  increase  their  ownership  by  more  than  50  percentage  points  over  their  lowest  ownership
percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. Future issuances of our stock
could cause an “ownership change.” Any future ownership change, which could be outside of our control, could also have a
material effect on the use of our net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes, which could adversely affect our
profitability.

Our reported financial results may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States.

Accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  are  subject  to  interpretation  by  the  Financial
Accounting  Standards  Board,  or  FASB,  the  SEC  and  various  bodies  formed  to  promulgate  and  interpret  appropriate
accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported results
of operations and could affect the reporting of transactions already completed before the announcement of a change.

For  example,  in  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2016-02,  Leases  (Topic  842).  The  new  standard
establishes  a  right-of-use  (ROU)  model  that  requires  a  lessee  to  record  a  ROU  asset  and  a  lease  liability  on  the  balance
sheet  for  all  leases  with  terms  longer  than  12  months.  Leases  will  be  classified  as  either  finance  or  operating,  with
classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. As an “emerging growth company,” we
are  allowed  under  the  JOBS  Act  to  delay  adoption  of  new  or  revised  accounting  pronouncements  applicable  to  public
companies  until  such  pronouncements  are  made  applicable  to  private  companies.  The  adoption  of  new  or  revised
accounting principles may require us to make changes to our systems, processes and control, which could have a significant
effect  on  our  reported  financial  results,  cause  unexpected  financial  reporting  fluctuations,  retroactively  affect  previously
reported  results  or  require  us  to  make  costly  changes  to  our  operational  processes  and  accounting  systems  upon  or
following the adoption of these standards.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect, our results of operations
could be adversely affected.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S.
GAAP,  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  our  consolidated
financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes  included  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  We  base  our
estimates  on  historical  experience  and  on  various  other  assumptions  that  we  believe  to  be  reasonable  under  the
circumstances, as provided in Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of  Operations-Critical  Accounting  Policies  and  Estimates”  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  The  results  of  these
estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities and equity, and the amount of
revenue  and  expenses  that  are  not  readily  apparent  from  other  sources.  Significant  estimates  and  judgments  used  in
preparing  our  consolidated  financial  statements  include  those  related  to  the  determination  of  fair  value  of  our  common
stock,  estimates  of  accounts  receivable  relating  to  member  copayments  and  revenue  recognition  relating  to  services
rendered but for which no claim has yet been reported, among others. Our results of operations may be adversely affected if
our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our results of
operations to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of
our common stock.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our stock price may be volatile, and the value of our common stock may decline.

The  market  price  of  our  common  stock  may  be  highly  volatile  and  may  fluctuate  or  decline  substantially  as  a

result of a variety of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including, but not limited to:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition or results of operations;

variance in our financial performance from expectations of securities analysts;

changes in the pricing of our solutions and services;

changes in our projected operating and financial results;

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our products and solutions;

announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, acquisitions, or new offerings;

significant data breaches of our company, providers, vendors or pharmacies;

our involvement in litigation;

future sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders, as well as the anticipation of lock-up releases;

changes in senior management or key personnel;

the trading volume of our common stock;

changes in the anticipated future size and growth rate of our market; and

general economic, industry, and market conditions.

Broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political, regulatory, and market conditions,

may also negatively impact the market price of our common stock. These and other factors may cause the market price

44

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

and demand for our common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their
shares of common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock. In the past, companies that
have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action litigation. We
may  be  the  target  of  this  type  of  litigation  in  the  future,  which  could  result  in  substantial  expenses  and  divert  our
management’s attention.

An active trading market for our common stock may not be sustained.

An active public trading market for our common stock may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may
impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack
of an active market may also reduce the fair value of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise
capital  to  continue  to  fund  operations  by  selling  shares  and  may  impair  our  ability  to  acquire  other  companies  or
technologies by using our shares as consideration.

We  expect  fluctuations  in  our  financial  results,  making  it  difficult  to  project  future  results,  and  if  we  fail  to  meet  the
expectations of securities analysts or investors with respect to our results of operations, our stock price and the value of
your investment could decline.

Our results of operations may fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our
control. As a result, our past results may not be indicative of our future performance. In addition to the other risks described
herein, factors that may affect our results of operations include the following:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

fluctuations in demand for or pricing of our solutions;

our ability to attract new clients;

our ability to retain our existing clients;

client expansion rates;

changes in clients’ budgets and in the timing of their budget cycles and purchasing decisions;

our ability to control costs, including our operating expenses and healthcare costs;

the amount and timing of payment for operating expenses, particularly sales and marketing expenses;

the amount and timing of non-cash expenses, including stock-based compensation, goodwill impairments and
other non-cash charges;

the  amount  and  timing  of  costs  associated  with  recruiting,  training  and  integrating  new  employees  and
retaining and motivating existing employees;

general  economic  conditions,  as  well  as  economic  conditions  specifically  affecting  industries  in  which  our
clients participate;

the impact of new accounting pronouncements;

changes  in  the  competitive  dynamics  of  our  market,  including  consolidation  among  competitors  or  clients;
and

significant  security  breaches  of,  technical  difficulties  with,  or  interruptions  to,  the  delivery  and  use  of  our
solutions and services.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Any  of  these  and  other  factors,  or  the  cumulative  effect  of  some  of  these  factors,  may  cause  our  results  of
operations to vary significantly. If our quarterly results of operations fall below the expectations of investors and securities
analysts  who  follow  our  stock,  the  price  of  our  common  stock  could  decline  substantially,  and  we  could  face  costly
lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

In connection with our preparation of our annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018, we and
our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial
reporting. Any failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could harm us.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.
Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In connection with our audit
of  the  fiscal  year  2018  consolidated  financial  statements,  we  and  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm
identified one material weakness in our controls related to the lack of review and oversight over financial reporting. We
determined  that  we  had  insufficient  financial  statement  close  processes  and  procedures  relating  to  the  classification  and
presentation  of  certain  revenue  and  expenses.  Under  standards  established  by  the  United  States  Public  Company
Accounting Oversight Board, a material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over
financial  reporting  such  that  there  is  a  reasonable  possibility  that  a  material  misstatement  of  annual  or  interim  financial
statements will not be prevented or detected and corrected on a timely basis. During 2019, we completed the remediation
measures related to the material weakness and concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as
of December 31, 2019.

Completion  of  remediation  does  not  provide  assurance  that  our  remediation  or  other  controls  will  continue  to
operate properly. If we are unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and
procedures, our ability to record, process and report financial information accurately, and to prepare financial statements
within  required  time  periods  could  be  adversely  affected,  which  could  subject  us  to  litigation  or  investigations  requiring
management  resources  and  payment  of  legal  and  other  expenses,  negatively  affect  investor  confidence  in  our  financial
statements and adversely impact our stock price. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting
is  effective,  or  when  required  in  the  future,  if  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  is  unable  to  express  an
unqualified opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in
the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected
and we could become subject to litigation or investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the
SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

As a result of being a public company, we are obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal controls
over  financial  reporting,  and  any  failure  to  maintain  the  adequacy  of  these  internal  controls  may  adversely  affect
investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

We  are  required,  pursuant  to  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act,  or  Section  404,  to  furnish  a  report  by
management  on,  among  other  things,  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  for  the  fiscal  year
ending December 31, 2020, which is the year covered by the second annual report following the completion of our IPO.
This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal
control over financial reporting. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to
the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC
following  the  date  we  are  no  longer  an  “emerging  growth  company.”  We  have  recently  commenced  the  costly  and
challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to
comply with Section 404, but we may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a
timely fashion once initiated. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expenses
and  expend  significant  management  efforts.  We  currently  do  not  have  an  internal  audit  group,  and  we  will  need  to  hire
additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge
and  compile  the  system  and  process  documentation  necessary  to  perform  the  evaluation  needed  to  comply  with  Section
404.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

During the evaluation and testing process of our internal controls, if we identify one or more material weaknesses
in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to certify that our internal control over financial reporting
is  effective.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  there  will  not  be  material  weaknesses  or  significant  deficiencies  in  our  internal
control  over  financial  reporting  in  the  future.  Any  failure  to  maintain  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  could
severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to conclude
that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  effective,  or  if  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm
determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, we could
lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock
could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to
remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective
control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Future sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that
these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital
through  the  sale  of  additional  equity  securities.  We  are  unable  to  predict  the  effect  that  such  sales  may  have  on  the
prevailing market price of our common stock.

All of our directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible
into  our  capital  stock  are  subject  to  lock-up  agreements  that  restrict  their  ability  to  transfer  shares  of  our  capital  stock
through the end of the day on April 21, 2020. These lock-up agreements limit the number of shares of capital stock that
may  be  sold  immediately  following  our  IPO.  Subject  to  certain  limitations,  substantially  all  of  these  shares  will  become
eligible for sale upon expiration of the 180-day lock-up period. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
and BofA Securities, Inc. may, in their sole discretion, permit our stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements
to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

In addition, as of December 31, 2019, there were an aggregate of 15,721,139  shares of our common stock subject
to  outstanding  options,  and  we  have  registered  all  of  the  shares  of  common  stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  outstanding
options or other equity awards we may grant in the future, for public resale under the Securities Act. Accordingly, these
shares  will  be  eligible  for  sale  in  the  public  market  to  the  extent  such  options  are  exercised,  subject  to  the  lock-up
agreements described above and compliance with applicable securities laws.

Further, holders of a substantial number of shares of our common stock have rights, subject to certain conditions,
to  require  us  to  file  registration  statements  covering  the  sale  of  their  shares  or  to  include  their  shares  in  registration
statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders.

Our issuance of additional capital stock in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, our equity incentive
plans or otherwise will dilute all other stockholders.  

We expect to issue additional capital stock in the future that will result in dilution to all other stockholders. We
expect to grant equity awards to employees, directors and consultants under our equity incentive plans. We may also raise
capital through equity financings in the future. As part of our business strategy, we may acquire or make investments in
businesses, joint ventures, products and services, or technologies and issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition
or investment. Any such issuances of additional capital stock may cause stockholders to experience significant dilution of
their ownership interests and the per share value of our common stock to decline.

If  securities  or  industry  analysts  do  not  publish  research,  or  publish  unfavorable  or  inaccurate  research,  about  our
business, the market price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The  market  price  and  trading  volume  of  our  common  stock  will  be  heavily  influenced  by  the  way  analysts
interpret  our  financial  information  and  other  disclosures.  We  do  not  have  control  over  these  analysts.  If  few  securities
analysts  commence  coverage  of  us,  or  if  industry  analysts  cease  coverage  of  us,  our  stock  price  would  be  negatively
affected. If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, downgrade our common
stock, or

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

publish negative reports about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease
coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause
our stock price to decline and could decrease the trading volume of our common stock.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future and, as a result, your ability to achieve a return on your
investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not intend to pay any cash
dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board
of Directors. Accordingly, you may need to rely on sales of our common stock after price appreciation, which may never
occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on your investment.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting and disclosure requirements
applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We  are  an  “emerging  growth  company”  as  defined  in  the  JOBS  Act  and  we  may  take  advantage  of  certain
exemptions  from  various  reporting  requirements  that  are  applicable  to  other  public  companies  that  are  not  “emerging
growth companies,” including the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 reduced disclosure obligations regarding
executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a
nonbinding  advisory  vote  on  executive  compensation  and  stockholder  approval  of  any  golden  parachute  payments  not
previously approved. Pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to use the
extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise
apply  to  private  companies.  As  a  result,  our  consolidated  financial  statements  may  not  be  comparable  to  the  financial
statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are
applicable to public companies, which may make our common stock less attractive to investors. In addition, if we cease to
be an emerging growth company, we will no longer be able to use the extended transition period for complying with new or
revised accounting standards.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (1) December 31, 2024; (2) the last day of our
first fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion; (3) the date on which we have issued
more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period; and (4) the last day of our first
fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the
prior June 30th. 

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions.
For  example,  if  we  do  not  adopt  a  new  or  revised  accounting  standard,  our  future  results  of  operations  may  not  be  as
comparable  to  the  results  of  operations  of  certain  other  companies  in  our  industry  that  adopted  such  standards.  If  some
investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock,
and our stock price may be more volatile.

We  incur  increased  costs  as  a  result  of  operating  as  a  public  company,  and  our  management  is  required  to  devote
substantial time to compliance with our public company responsibilities and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private
company, which we expect to further increase after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Sarbanes-Oxley
Act,  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act,  the  listing  requirements  of  the  Nasdaq  Stock
Market, or Nasdaq, and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies.
Our  management  and  other  personnel  devote  a  substantial  amount  of  time  to  compliance  with  these  requirements.
Moreover,  these  rules  and  regulations  increase  our  legal  and  financial  compliance  costs  and  make  some  activities  more
time-  consuming  and  costly.  We  cannot  predict  or  estimate  the  amount  of  additional  costs  we  will  incur  as  a  public
company or the specific timing of such costs.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company
more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market
price of our common stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have
the  effect  of  delaying  or  preventing  a  change  of  control  or  changes  in  our  management.  Our  amended  and  restated
certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws include provisions that:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

authorize our Board of Directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated
preferred stock with terms, rights, and preferences determined by our Board of Directors that may be senior to
our common stock;

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting
and not by written consent;

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our Board of Directors, the
chairperson of our Board of Directors, or our chief executive officer;

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting,
including proposed nominations of persons for election to our Board of Directors;

establish that our Board of Directors is divided into three classes, with each class serving three-year staggered
terms;

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

provide that our directors may be removed for cause only upon the vote of at least 662/3% of our outstanding
shares of voting stock;

provide that vacancies on our Board of Directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office,
even though less than a quorum; and

require the approval of our Board of Directors or the holders of at least 662/3% of our outstanding shares of
voting stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

These  provisions  may  frustrate  or  prevent  any  attempts  by  our  stockholders  to  replace  or  remove  our  current
management  by  making  it  more  difficult  for  stockholders  to  replace  members  of  our  Board  of  Directors,  which  is
responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are
governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally, subject to certain
exceptions,  prohibits  a  Delaware  corporation  from  engaging  in  any  of  a  broad  range  of  business  combinations  with  any
“interested”  stockholder  for  a  period  of  three  years  following  the  date  on  which  the  stockholder  became  an  “interested”
stockholder. Any of the foregoing provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for
shares of our common stock, and they could deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that
you would receive a premium for your shares of our common stock in an acquisition.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the state courts in the State of Delaware or, if no state
court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal court for the District of Delaware, as the sole and
exclusive  forum  for  certain  types  of  actions  and  proceedings  that  may  be  initiated  by  our  stockholders,  which  could
discourage lawsuits against us or our directors, officers, or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, unless
we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the
Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware, or if all such state courts

49

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

lack  jurisdiction,  the  federal  district  court  for  the  District  of  Delaware)  will  be  the  sole  and  exclusive  forum  for  the
following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (1) any derivative action or proceeding
brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer
or other employee, to us or our stockholders; (3) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current
or  former  directors,  officers  or  other  employees,  arising  out  of  or  pursuant  to  any  provisions  of  the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws; (4) or any
action  or  proceeding  to  interpret,  apply,  enforce  or  determine  the  validity  of  our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of
incorporation  or  our  amended  and  restated  bylaws;  (5)  any  action  or  proceeding  as  to  which  the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (6) any action asserting a claim
against us, or any of our directors, officers or other employees, that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases
to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties
named  as  defendants.  For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  these  choice  of  forum  provisions  will  not  apply  to  suits  brought  to
enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts
have exclusive jurisdiction.

These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds
favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees and may discourage these types of lawsuits.
Furthermore, if a court were to find the choice of forum provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such
action in other jurisdictions.

ITEM 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES

Our corporate headquarters is located at 1359 Broadway, New York, New York 10018, under a sublease that began

in July 2019 and expires in May 2029. We use this space for administration, sales and marketing and client support.

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS    

On January 14, 2019, a vendor filed a Demand for Arbitration and Statement of Claim against us for alleged

breach of the November 10, 2017 Preferred Specialty Pharmacy Agreement, or the Agreement, between us and the vendor.
On March 13, 2019, we terminated the Agreement for material breach with the vendor. On April 3, 2019, the vendor filed a
Second Amended Demand for Arbitration, or SAD, for breach of the Agreement. The vendor is seeking $25.0 million in
damages, fees, interest and costs. The alleged damages are not quantified or factually supported in the SAD. Pursuant to a
schedule set forth by the Arbitration Panel, on May 3, 2019, we filed a Motion to Dismiss the SAD. That Motion to
Dismiss was fully briefed on June 14, 2019 and was decided on July 31, 2019. The Arbitration Panel dismissed two of the
vendor’s four claims. We believe the vendor’s remaining claims are without merit and intend to vigorously defend against
the claims in the arbitration. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Any litigation against us
could be costly and time-consuming to defend and could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

We believe there is no other litigation pending that could have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse
effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. However, in addition to the matter described above, we
may, from time to time, be involved in various legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business activities.
Defending such proceedings is costly and can impose a significant burden on management and employees. The results of
litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us
because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 4. 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER

MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Market Information

Our common stock has been listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “PGNY” since October

25, 2019. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our stock.

Holders of Record

As of February 27, 2020, there were approximately 151 stockholders of record of our common stock. Because

many of our shares of common stock are held in “street name” by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders,
we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain any future earnings and do

not expect to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

51

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph

This performance graph shall not be deemed "soliciting material" or to be "filed" with the SEC for purposes of
Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be
incorporated by reference into any filing of Progyny, Inc. under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

The graph set forth below compares cumulative total return on our common stock with the cumulative total return

of the (i) S&P Health Care (Sector) and (ii) the Nasdaq Composite Index resulting from an initial investment of $100 in
each and, assuming the reinvestment of any dividends, based on closing prices. Measurement points are from October 25,
2019 (the date our common stock began trading on Nasdaq) through December 31, 2019. 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

From October 1, 2019 to the filing of our registration statement on Form S-8 on October 25, 2019, we (i) granted

stock options to purchase an aggregate of 358,799 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $9.59 to $13
per share to a total of 19 employees under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and (ii)  issued an aggregate of 1,243,698 shares
of common stock upon the exercise of outstanding stock options under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, at exercise prices
ranging from of $0.90 to $1.50 to a total of 16 employees, for an aggregate purchase price of $1.2 million and (iii)  issued
an aggregate of 115,946 shares of common stock upon the exercise of outstanding stock options under our 2008 Equity
Incentive Plan, at exercise prices ranging from of $0.86 to $1.45 to a total of 6 employees, for an aggregate purchase price
of $0.1 million. .

The offers, sales, and issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration
under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder or
Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or under benefit
plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of securities in each of these
transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any
distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the
recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited or sophisticated person and had adequate access, through
employment, business, or other relationships, to information about us.

52

 
Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds

On October 29, 2019, in connection with our IPO, we issued and sold 6,700,000 shares of our common stock and
certain of our selling stockholders offered and sold 4,800,000 shares of our common stock at a price to the public of $13.00
per share resulting in net proceeds to us of $77.5 million, after deducting the underwriting discount of $5.9 million and
offering expenses of $3.7 million. The net proceeds of $77.5 million from our IPO have been invested in investment grade,
interest-bearing instruments.  There has been no material change in the expected use of the net proceeds from our IPO as
described in our final prospectus, filed with the SEC on October 25, 2019 pursuant to Rule 424(b) relating to our
Registration Statement.

At December 31, 2019, $0.9 million of expenses incurred in connection with our IPO had not yet been paid.

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 and

the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 have been derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. You should read the
consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying
notes and the information in Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” and Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our
historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any other period in the future.

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Revenue
Cost of services
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

(1)

(1)

Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total operating expenses

(1)

(Loss) income from operations
Other expense:

Interest expense, net
Convertible preferred stock warrant valuation adjustment

Total other expense, net

(Loss) income from continuing operations, before tax
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
Net (loss) income from continuing operations

Net income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

(2)

Net (loss) income and comprehensive (loss) income
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders
Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders,
basic and diluted

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Total net (loss) income per share attributable to
common stockholders, basic and diluted

(2)

53

Year Ended December 31, 
2018

2017

2019

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

  $ 229,683   $ 105,400   $

  184,178  
45,505  

11,901  
23,927  
35,828  
9,677  

85,966  
19,434  

7,285  
15,601  
22,886  
(3,452) 

48,584
41,184
7,400

4,258
14,147
18,405
(11,005)

(58) 
(18,176) 
(18,234) 
(8,557) 
(12) 
(8,569)  $
 —   $
(8,569)  $
(8,569)  $

(497) 
(740)
(2,944) 
(714)
(3,441) 
(1,454)
(6,893) 
(12,459)
 3
1,777  
(5,116)  $ (12,456)
 4
5,777   $
661   $ (12,452)
(5,541)  $ (13,468)

(0.41)  $
 —  

(1.00)  $
1.04  

(2.37)
 —

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $

  $

(0.41)  $

0.04   $

(2.37)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Weighted‑average shares used in computing net (loss) income per
share:

(3)

Basic
Diluted

(3)

  20,735,202  
  20,735,202  

  5,539,739  
  5,539,739  

  5,677,860
  5,677,860

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

Cost of services
Selling and marketing
General and administrative
Total stock‑based compensation expense

Year Ended December 31, 
2018

2017

2019

  $

537   $
900  
  3,624  

26
309
  1,224
  $ 5,061   $ 2,997   $ 1,559

96   $
366  
  2,535  

(2) See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further

information about a certain divestiture.

(3) See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for an
explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders, pro
forma earnings per share attributable to common stockholders and the weighted average number of shares used in the
computation of the per share amounts.

2019

December 31,
2018

2017

  $

80,382   $

127   $

150,434  
96,281  
 —  
114,271  

41,324  
(5,665) 
4,589  
(95,115) 

4,691
34,961
(1,000)
1,645
(97,622)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
Total assets
Working capital
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

(1)

(1) Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

54

 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following
discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ
materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause or
contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in Part I, Item
1A.  “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. A discussion of the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to
the year ended December 31, 2017 has been reported previously in our final prospectus filed with the SEC on October 25,
2019 pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) (File No. 333-233965), or the Prospectus, under the heading “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Overview

We envision a world where anyone who wants to have a child can do so. Our mission is to make dreams of

parenthood come true through healthy, timely and supported fertility journeys. Through our differentiated approach to
benefits plan design, patient education and support and active network management, our clients’ employees are able to
pursue the most effective treatment from the best physicians and achieve optimal outcomes.

Progyny is a leading benefits management company specializing in fertility and family building benefits solutions
in the United States. Our clients include many of the nation’s most prominent employers across a broad array of industries.
We launched our fertility benefits solution in 2016 with our first five employer clients, and we have grown our base of
clients to over 130. We currently provide coverage to approximately 2.1 million employees and their partners (known in
our industry as covered lives), who we refer to as our members. We have achieved this growth by demonstrating that our
purpose-built, data-driven and disruptive platform consistently delivers superior clinical outcomes in a cost-efficient
manner while driving exceptional client and member satisfaction. We have retained substantially all of our clients since
inception, and our member satisfaction over that same time period is evidenced by our most recent industry-leading Net
Promoter Score, or NPS, of +72 for our fertility benefits solution and +80 for our integrated pharmacy benefits solution,
Progyny Rx.

Fertility Benefits Solution.  Our fertility benefits solution includes providing members with access to effective

and cost-efficient fertility treatments through our Smart Cycle plan design. Smart Cycles are proprietary treatment bundles
designed by us to include those medical services available to our members through our selective network of high-quality
fertility specialists. Medical services under our Smart Cycles include everything needed for a comprehensive fertility
treatment cycle, including all necessary diagnostic testing and access to the latest technology (e.g., in the case of IVF,
preimplantation genetic testing). We currently offer 17 different Smart Cycle treatment bundles, which may be used in
various combinations depending on the member’s need. Each Smart Cycle treatment bundle has a separate unit value (i.e.,
some have fractional values and some have whole values). Our clients contract to purchase a cumulative Smart Cycle unit
value per eligible member. These can range from one to an unlimited unit value. Members, in consultation with their PCAs,
can choose their preferred provider clinics within our network and utilize the specific Smart Cycle treatment bundles
necessary for the treatment pathway they determine throughout their fertility journey.

In addition, we provide care management services as part of our fertility benefits solution, which include active

management of our selective network of high-quality fertility specialists, real-time member eligibility and treatment
authorization, member-facing digital solutions, detailed quarterly reporting for our clients supported by our dedicated
account management teams and end-to-end comprehensive concierge member support provided by our in-house staff of
PCAs. Clients can also add adoption and surrogacy reimbursement programs as part of this solution.

Progyny Rx.  We went live with our integrated pharmacy benefits solution in 2018. Progyny Rx can only be
purchased by clients that purchase our fertility benefits solution. Progyny Rx provides our members with access to the
medications needed during their fertility treatment. As part of this solution, we provide care management services, which
include our formulary plan design, simplified authorization, assistance with prescription fulfillment and timely delivery

55

 
Table of Contents

of the medications by our network of specialty pharmacies, as well as medication administration training, pharmacy
support services and continuing PCA support.

Our Clients.  We currently serve over 130 self-insured employers in the United States across more than 25

industries. Our current clients, who are industry leaders across both high-growth and mature industries and who range in
size from 1,000 to 250,000 employees, represent approximately 2.1 million covered lives.

Revenue Model 

Our clients primarily contract with us to provide our fertility benefits solution and, where added on by our clients,

our Progyny Rx solution. Our revenue has both a utilization-based component and a population-based component, as
follows:

·

·

Utilization Component.  Clients pay us for the fertility benefits and Progyny Rx solutions utilized by their
employees. With respect to the fertility benefits solution, we bill clients for Smart Cycles in accordance with
our bundled case rates, which vary by the type of fertility service rendered and clinic location. Case rates
include all third-party fertility specialists, anesthesiology and laboratory services, as well as all of our care
management services. With respect to Progyny Rx, we bill the client for the fertility medication dispensed to
their employees in connection with the authorized fertility treatments. Medication fees also include our
formulary management, drug utilization review and cost containment services and other care management
services.

Population-Based Component.  Clients who purchase our fertility benefits solution also typically pay us a
per employee per month fee, or PEPM fee, which is population-based. This allows us to provide access to our
PCAs for fertility and family building education and guidance and other digital tools to all of our members,
regardless of whether they ultimately pursue fertility treatment. PEPM fees represented 1% of our total
revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.  

Our revenue in a given year is determined by both the utilization of our fertility benefits and Progyny Rx solutions

by our members and the number of members enrolled in our clients’ benefits plans. Each year, we contract directly with
new clients for our fertility benefits solution and, where added by the client, our Progyny Rx solution. Given that the
majority of our clients contract with us for a January 1  benefits plan start date, our sales cycle follows the conventional
healthcare benefits cycle, which largely concludes by the end of October of the prior year to allow for benefits education
and annual open enrollment to occur in November.  For some clients that are considering a start date later in the year, the
sales cycle can extend through the next year.

st

Similarly, for existing clients, any changes in plan designs are typically elected by the end of October so that

clients can inform their employees of the benefits during the open enrollment period ahead of a January 1st plan year start.

Key Operational and Business Metrics 

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we use the following key
operational and business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, develop financial forecasts, and make
strategic decisions.

Member and Client Base.  Our addressable market is large self-insured employers. There are approximately 8,000

self-insured employers in the United States (excluding quasi-governmental entities, such as universities and school
systems, and labor unions) who have a minimum of 1,000 employees, representing approximately 69 million potential
covered lives in total. Our current member base of approximately 2.1 million represents only 3% of our total market
opportunity. We intend to continue to drive new client acquisition by investing significantly in sales and marketing to
engage, educate and drive awareness of the unmet need around fertility solutions among benefits executives. We also
increase brand awareness and adoption with self-insured employers by leveraging our strong relationships with benefits
consultants. In particular, we are focused on expanding the number of clients with more than 2,500 covered lives. As of

56

Table of Contents

December 31, 2019 and 2018 we serve 87 and 33 clients, respectively, representing 1,517,000 and 720,200 members,
respectively.

Importantly, as we have continued to grow, we have meaningfully diversified our client base across more than 25

different industries currently from just two industries when we launched our fertility benefits solution in 2016. We are
expanding our client base within each industry and have an industry-specific strategy that enables us to most effectively
target our addressable market. Because our clients within an industry compete with each other for employees, we believe
our solutions are increasingly viewed as an important way for them to differentiate from, or remain competitive with, one
another. Additionally, we believe that our expanding presence has resulted in a heightened awareness of the need to offer
fertility benefits and has informed the market of the value we provide to our clients and our members, which we believe
also helps facilitate growth. In addition, we are continuously utilizing our established client relationships to evaluate other
potential fertility solutions that could benefit our members and simultaneously drive growth. Our ability to attract new
clients will depend on a number of factors, including the effectiveness and pricing of our solutions, offerings of our
competitors, the effectiveness of our marketing efforts to drive awareness and the demand for fertility benefits solutions
overall. We define a client as an organization for which we have an active contract in the period indicated. We count each
organization we contract with as a single client including divisions, segments or subsidiaries of larger organizations to the
extent we contract separately with them.

Client Tier (Members)
Up to 2,500
2,501 - 10,000
10,001 - 50,000
Greater than 50,000
Total

As of  December 31, 

2019

2018

     Clients      Members      Clients      Members
10,800
 7  
15  
98,300
 7   180,700
 4   430,400
33   720,200

29,000  
17  
245,000  
47  
377,000  
17  
 6  
866,000  
87   1,517,000  

Benefits Utilization.  A key driver of our revenue is the number of members we serve and the rate at which they

utilize their fertility benefits. As our client base has grown, our membership has grown from approximately 110,000
members in 2016 when we launched our fertility benefits solution to 1.5 million members at December 31, 2019.

The following table highlights the number of ART cycles performed for Progyny members and the member

utilization rates for each of the periods presented. 

Assisted Reproductive Treatment (ART) Cycles
Utilization - All Members
Utilization - Female Only

(2)

(2)

(1)

Year Ended
December 31, 

2019
13,550  
1.30%  
1.09%  

2018
7,099
1.25%
1.02%

(1) Represents the number of ART cycles performed, including IVF with a fresh embryo transfer, IVF freeze all

cycles/embryo banking, frozen embryo transfers and egg freezing.

(2) Represents the member utilization rate for all services, including but not limited to, ART cycles, initial consultations,
IUIs and genetic testing. The utilization rate for all members includes all unique members (female and male) who
utilize the benefit during that period while the utilization rate for female only includes only unique females who utilize
the benefit during that period. For the purposes of calculating utilization rates in any given period, the results reflect
the number of unique members utilizing the benefit for that period. Individual periods cannot be combined as member
treatments may span multiple periods.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Revenue includes fertility benefits solution revenue, pharmacy benefits solution revenue and PEPM fees.

Fertility Benefits Solution Revenue

Fertility benefits solution revenue primarily represents utilization of our fertility benefits solution. Our client
contracts are typically for a three-year term and pricing for this solution is established for each Smart Cycle treatment
bundle, based in part on when the client first became a client and the number of members covered under the solution.
Fertility benefits solution revenue includes amounts we receive directly from members, including deductibles, co-insurance
and co-payments associated with the treatments under the fertility benefits solution. Revenue is recognized based on the
negotiated price with our clients and includes the portion to be paid directly by the member. Revenue is recognized when
the Smart Cycle is completed for a member. Revenue is also accrued for authorized Smart Cycles rendered based on
member appointments scheduled with a fertility specialist in our network but for which no claim has yet been reported, net
of an allowance for appointment cancellations.

Pharmacy Benefits Solution Revenue

Pharmacy benefits solution revenue primarily represents utilization of Progyny Rx. For clients who contract for

the fertility benefits solution, we offer an add-on, separate, fully integrated pharmacy benefits solution designed by us.
Progyny Rx provides our members with access to our formulary plan design, simplified authorization, prescription
fulfillment and timely delivery of the medications used during treatment through our network of specialty pharmacies, as
well as provides our members with medication administration training and other pharmacy support services. Prescription
drugs are dispensed by our contracted mail order specialty pharmacies. Revenue related to the dispensing of prescription
drugs by the specialty pharmacies in our network includes the prescription fees negotiated with our clients, including the
portion that we collect directly from members (deductibles, co-insurance and co-payments). The contractual fees agreed to
with our clients are inclusive of the cost of the prescription drug from our specialty providers, less any applicable discounts,
as well as the related clinical and care management services. Revenue from these arrangements are recognized when the
drugs are dispensed. This solution was introduced in the marketplace in the third quarter of 2017 and went live with a select
number of clients in January 1, 2018.

Per employee per month (PEPM) fee

Clients who purchase our fertility benefits solution also pay us a population based PEPM fee which provides

access to our PCAs for fertility and family building education and guidance and other digital tools for all of our covered
members, regardless of whether or not they ultimately pursue fertility treatment. We earn a PEPM fee for the majority of
our clients. Revenue from the PEPM fee is billed and recognized monthly based upon the contractual fee and the number of
employees at that specific client for that month.

Cost of Services

Our cost of services has three primary components: (1) fertility benefit services; (2) pharmacy benefit services;

and (3) vendor rebates.

Fertility Benefit Services

Fertility benefit services costs include: (1) fees paid to provider clinics within our network, labs and

anesthesiologists; (2) costs incurred (including salaries, bonuses, benefits, stock-based compensation, other related costs,
and an allocation of our general overhead, depreciation and amortization) for those employees associated with our care
management service functions: Provider Account Management, PCA and Provider Relations teams; and (3) and related
information technology support costs. Our contracts with provider clinics are typically for a term of one to two years.

58

Table of Contents

Pharmacy Benefits Services

Pharmacy benefits services costs include: (1) the fees for prescription drugs dispensed and clinical services

provided during the reporting period by our specialty pharmacy partners; (2) costs incurred (including salaries, bonuses,
benefits, stock-based compensation, other related costs, and an allocation of our general overhead, depreciation and
amortization) for those employees associated with our care management service functions:  PCA and Provider Relations
teams; and (3) related information technology support costs. Contracts with the specialty pharmacies are typically for a
term of one year.

Vendor Rebates

We receive a rebate on certain medications purchased by our specialty pharmacies. Our contractual arrangements
with pharmaceutical manufacturers provide for us to receive a rebate from established list prices, which is paid subsequent
to dispensing. These rebates are recorded as a reduction to cost of services when prescriptions are dispensed.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit is total revenue less total cost of services. Gross margin is gross profit expressed as a percentage of

total revenue. We expect that gross profit and gross margin will continue to be affected by various factors including the
geographic location where treatments are performed, as well as pricing with each of our clients, provider clinics, labs,
specialty pharmacies and pharmaceutical companies, all of which are negotiated separately, have different contracting start
and end dates and durations which are not coterminous with each other. Additionally, staffing levels necessary to deliver
our care management services will continue to grow as we continue to add clients and their associated members.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses.

Sales and Marketing Expense

Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of employee related costs, including salaries, bonuses,

commissions, benefits, stock-based compensation, other related costs, and an allocation of our general overhead,
depreciation and amortization for those employees associated with sales and marketing. These expenses also include third-
party consulting services, advertising, marketing, promotional events, and brand awareness activities. We expect sales and
marketing expense to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest and grow our business.

General and Administrative Expense

General and administrative expense consists primarily of employee related costs, including salaries, bonuses,

benefits, stock-based compensation, other related costs, and an allocation of our general overhead, depreciation and
amortization for those employees associated with general and administrative services such as executive, legal, human
resources, information technology, accounting, and finance. These expenses also include third-party consulting services and
facilities costs. We anticipate that we will incur additional costs (including a step up in public company related expenses)
for employees and professional fees and insurance and related third-party consulting services on an ongoing basis as a
public company.

Other Expense, net

Other expense includes interest expense and stock warrant valuation adjustment.

59

Table of Contents

Benefit (Provision) for Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the United States. As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, we recorded a full
valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets based on our historical loss and the uncertainty regarding our ability to
project future taxable income. In future periods, if we conclude we have future taxable income sufficient to recognize the
deferred tax assets, we may reduce or eliminate the valuation allowance.

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of revenue for

those periods:

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Revenue
Cost of services
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

(1)

(1)

(1)

Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total operating expenses
Income (loss) from operations
Other expense, net
(Loss) Income before income taxes
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
Net (loss) income from continuing operations
Adjusted EBITDA

(1) Includes stock‑based compensation expense as follows:

Cost of services
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total stock‑based compensation expense

60

Year Ended
December 31, 

2019

2018

(in thousands)

$

229,683  
184,178  
45,505  

105,400
85,966
19,434

11,901  
23,927  
35,828  
9,677  
(18,234) 
(8,557) 
(12) 
(8,569) 
18,342  

$
$

7,285
15,601
22,886
(3,452)
(3,441)
(6,893)
1,777
(5,116)
1,428

Year Ended
December 31, 

2019

2018

537  
900  
3,624  
5,061  

$

$

96
366
2,535
2,997

$

$
$

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data, as a percentage of revenue:
Revenue
Cost of services
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total operating expenses
Income (loss) from operations
Other expense, net
Income (loss) before income taxes
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
Net (loss) income from continuing operations
Adjusted EBITDA

Year Ended
December 31, 

2019

2018

100 %  
80  
20  

100 %
82  
18  

 5  
11  
16  
 4  
(8) 
(4) 
 —  
(4)%  
8 %  

 7  
15  
22  
(4) 
(3) 
(7) 
 2  
(5)%
1 %

Non-GAAP Financial Measure – Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental financial measure that is not required by, or presented in accordance with

U.S. GAAP. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA, when taken together with our U.S. GAAP financial results, provides
meaningful supplemental information regarding our operating performance and facilitates internal comparisons of our
historical operating performance on a more consistent basis by excluding certain items that may not be indicative of our
business, results of operations or outlook. In particular, we believe that the use of Adjusted EBITDA is helpful to our
investors as it is a measure used by management in assessing the health of our business, determining incentive
compensation, evaluating our operating performance, and for internal planning and forecasting purposes.

Adjusted EBITDA is presented for supplemental informational purposes only, has limitations as an analytical tool

and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with U.S.
GAAP. Some of the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA include: (1) it does not properly reflect capital commitments to be
paid in the future; (2) although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the underlying assets may need to be
replaced and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect these capital expenditures; (3) it does not consider the impact of stock-
based compensation expense; (4) it does not reflect other non-operating expenses, including interest expense, net; (5) it
does not consider the impact of any stock warrant valuation adjustment; (6) it does not reflect tax payments that may
represent a reduction in cash available to us; (7) it does not include legal fees that may be payable in connection with a
vendor arbitration; and (8) it does not include non-deferred costs associated with the IPO. In addition, our Adjusted
EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because they may not calculate Adjusted
EBITDA in the same manner as we calculate the measure, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Because of
these limitations, when evaluating our performance, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial
performance measures, including our net income (loss) from continuing operations and other U.S. GAAP results.

We calculate Adjusted EBITDA as net loss from continuing operations, adjusted to exclude depreciation and

amortization, stock-based compensation expense, net interest expense, convertible preferred stock warrant valuation
adjustment, provision (benefit) for income taxes, legal fees associated with a vendor arbitration and non-deferred IPO costs.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss from continuing operations for each of the
periods indicated:

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Net (loss) income from continuing operations
Add:

Depreciation and amortization
Stock‑based compensation expense
Interest expense, net
Convertible preferred stock warrant valuation adjustment
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Legal fees associated with a vendor arbitration
Non-deferred IPO Costs

Adjusted EBITDA

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018   

Revenue

Revenue

Year ended
December 31, 

2019

2018

$

(8,569) 

$

(5,116) 

2,135  
5,061  
58  
18,176  
12  
1,319  
150  
18,342  

$

1,883  
2,997  
497  
2,944  
(1,777) 
 —  
 —  
1,428  

$

Year Ended
December 31, 

2019
2018
(dollars in thousands)
  $ 229,683   $ 105,400  

    % Change

118%

Revenue increased by $124.3 million, or 118%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2018. This increase is primarily due to a $89.8 million or 90% increase in revenue from our fertility benefits
solution and a $34.4 million or 614% increase in revenue from our Progyny Rx solution. The increase in revenue from our
fertility benefits solution was primarily due to the increase in the number of clients and covered lives. The increase in
revenue from our Progyny Rx solution was also driven by the number of clients and covered lives that added the Progyny
Rx benefit.  The growth outpaces the fertility benefits revenue due to the fact that Progyny Rx was introduced in the
marketplace in the third quarter of 2017 and went live with a select number of clients in January 1, 2018. Our revenue
growth in 2019 benefited from having Progyny Rx available for the full selling season in 2018 to both new and existing
clients.

Cost of Services

Cost of services

Year Ended
December 31, 

2019

2018
(dollars in thousands)
  $ 184,178  $ 85,966  

    % Change

114%

Cost of services increased by $98.2 million, or 114%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year

ended December 31, 2018. This increase is primarily due to a $93.0 million increase in medical treatment and pharmacy
prescription costs associated with the fertility treatments delivered and a $5.2 million increase in personnel and overhead
costs for our care management services teams and an increase in costs of adjudicating claims.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit
Gross margin

Year Ended

December 31, 

2019

2018

  % Change

  (dollars in thousands) 
  $ 45,505  $ 19,434  
  18.4%  

  19.8%  

134%

Gross profit increased by $26.1 million, or 134%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year

ended December 31, 2018.

Gross margin increased 140 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to year ended December

31, 2018 primarily due to increased operating efficiencies.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing Expense

Sales and marketing

Year Ended
December 31, 

2019

2018

    % Change

(dollars in thousands)  
  $ 11,901  $ 7,285  

63%

Sales and marketing expense increased by $4.6 million, or 63%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared
to the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to a $3.6 million increase in personnel related costs
(including a $0.4 million increase in stock based compensation) due to additional headcount and commissions for sales and
marketing functions.

General and Administrative Expense

General and administrative

Year Ended
December 31, 

2019

2018

    % Change

(dollars in thousands)  
  $ 23,927  $ 15,601  

53%

General and administrative expense increased by $8.3 million, or 53%, for the year ended December 31, 2019

compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to a $3.6 million increase in personnel-
related costs (including a $1.1 million increase in stock based compensation) due to additional headcount for general and
administrative functions, $1.5 million increase in legal costs (including $1.3 million increase in legal costs associated with
a vendor arbitration), $0.8 million increase in bad debt, and $2.4 million increase in other related general and
administrative expenses including incremental costs related to being a public company. 

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net

Year Ended
December 31, 

2019

2018

    % Change

(dollars in thousands)  
  $ 18,234  $ 3,441  

430%

Other expense, net increased by $14.8 million, or 430%, for 2019 compared to 2018. This increase was primarily

due to a charge related to the fair value adjustment of the preferred stock warrant of $15.2 million, offset by a

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
     
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

$0.4 million in lower interest expense.  The preferred stock warrants were converted to common stock warrants in
connection with the IPO and will no longer be marked to market.

Benefit (Provision) for Income Taxes

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

Year Ended
December 31, 

2019

2018

    % Change

  (dollars in thousands) 
(12)  $ 1,777  

  $

-101%

For the year ended December 31, 2019 we recorded a provision for state taxes of $12,000.  There is no provision

or benefit for federal income taxes recorded for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2018,
we recorded a benefit for income taxes of $1.8 million as a result of the intraperiod tax allocation rules offsetting an
equivalent provision for taxes associated with the sale of the discontinued operations of our early embryo viability
assessment business.  

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily through sales of our solutions and the net proceeds we

have received from sales of equity securities as further detailed below. As of December 31, 2019, our principal sources of
liquidity were $80.4 million of cash and cash equivalents and $15 million of cash available on the revolving line of credit
with Silicon Valley Bank. Our cash and cash equivalents and working capital are affected by the timing of payments to
third party providers and collections from clients and have increased as our revenue has increased. In particular, during the
ramp up and onboarding of new clients who typically begin their benefits plan year as of January 1st, our accounts
receivable has historically increased more than our accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the
early part of each calendar year. Historically, these timing impacts have reversed throughout the remainder of the fiscal
year. Accordingly, our working capital, and its impact on cash flow from operations, can fluctuate materially from period to
period.

On October 29, 2019, we completed our IPO in which we issued and sold 6,700,000 shares of common stock at a

public offering price of $13.00 per share.  We received net proceeds of $77.5 million from the IPO, after deducting
underwriters’ discounts and commissions of $5.9 million and offering costs of $3.7 million.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operations and the cash available on the
revolving line of credit will be sufficient to support working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the
next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including sales of our solutions and client
renewals, the timing and the amount of cash received from clients, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities and
the continuing market adoption of our solutions.    

We may, in the future, enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, and

technologies. We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that we require additional
financing, we may not be able to raise such financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional
capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in continued innovation, we may not be able to
compete successfully, which would harm our business, operations and financial condition.

In June 2018, we entered into an agreement with Silicon Valley Bank to replace our then outstanding term loan

with a revolving line of credit of up to $15.0 million that will mature on June 8, 2021. The available revolving line of credit
is based upon an advance rate of 80% of “eligible” accounts receivable and may be used to fund our working capital and
other general corporate needs. Eligible accounts receivable includes accounts billed with aging 90 days or less and excludes
accounts receivable due for member copayments, coinsurance, and deductibles.  When we hold unrestricted cash balances
greater than $5.0 million, interest accrues at a floating rate per annum equal to the greater of prime rate or 4.75%. If the
unrestricted cash balance is less than $5.0 million, interest accrues at a floating rate per annum equal to the greater of prime
rate plus 0.5% or 4.75%, with interest payable monthly.

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our cash flows from continuing operations for the periods presented:

Cash (used in) provided by operating activities
Cash (used in) investing activities
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations

Year Ended
December 31, 

2019

2018

(in thousands)

$

  $

(1,534)  $
(2,956) 
84,545  
80,055   $

2,272
(579)
(8,738)
(7,045)

Operating Activities   

Net cash used in operating activities was $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily consisting

of a $8.6 million net loss from continuing operations adjusted for certain non-cash items, which include $5.1 million of
stock based compensation expense, a $18.2 million change in fair value of warrant liabilities, $2.1 million of depreciation
and amortization, and $1.6 million from bad debt expense. Changes in operating assets and liabilities resulted in cash used
in operating activities from increases in accounts receivable of $25.3 million and prepaid assets and other assets of $4.5
million, offset by cash provided by operating activities from increases in accounts payable of $3.5 million and accrued
expenses and other current liabilities of $6.4 million.  These changes are a result of the impact of revenue growth combined
with the timing of payments to third party providers and collections from clients.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily

consisting of $0.7 million of net income, adjusted for certain non-cash items, which include $3.0 million of stock-based
compensation, $2.9 million change in fair value of warrant liabilities, $1.9 million of depreciation and amortization, and
$0.8 million from bad debt expense and the loss from discontinued operations of $5.8 million. The non-cash adjustments
were partially offset by a $1.8 million increase in deferred tax benefits resulting from the sale of a discontinued business.
Changes in operating assets and liabilities resulted in cash used in operating activities from increases in accounts receivable
of $12.8 million, offset by cash provided by operating activities from increases in accounts payable of $10.4 million and
accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $2.8 million.   These changes are as a result of the impact of revenue
growth combined with the timing of payments to third party providers and collections from clients.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was $3.0 million and $0.6 million for the years

ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, consisting of purchases of computers, software, and leasehold
improvements.  Leasehold improvements of $2.0 million during 2019 were associated with the buildout of our new
corporate office which was occupied in February 2020.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $84.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily

consisting of $78.4 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock in our IPO ($0.9 million of IPO costs were not
paid yet as of December 31, 2019), $6.5 million from stock option exercises, and $0.1 million from warrant exercises,
partially offset by $0.3 million in net payments on our revolving line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank, and repurchases of
common stock of $0.2 million.

Net cash used by financing activities was $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to
repayment of $5.4 million term loan and $3.7 million of treasury stock purchases of common and preferred stock from
existing shareholders partially offset by $0.3 million in net borrowings on our revolving line of credit with Silicon Valley
Bank.

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019:

Payments Due By Period

Total

  Less than  
1 Year

     1 - 3 Years      3 - 5 Years     

  More than
5 Years

Operating lease commitments
Total

  $ 12,282   $
  $ 12,282   $

885   $
885   $

2,572   $
2,572   $

2,612   $
2,612   $

6,213
6,213

(in thousands)

The commitment amounts in the table above are associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding

and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price
provisions, and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts. The table does not include obligations under
agreements that we can cancel without a significant penalty. In September 2019, we entered into a sublease agreement for
our corporate offices in New York, New York.  The sublease is for a 25,212 square foot office and will expire in May
2029.  Pursuant to the sublease, we will pay the base rent of approximately $1.3 million per year through the end of the
fifth lease year and approximately $1.4 million per year thereafter through the expiration date. 

Off‑Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet financing
arrangements or any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, including entities sometimes
referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance
sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with U.S.
GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect
the amounts reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosures. We base our estimates on
historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate
our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates. To the extent that there
are material differences between these estimates and our actual results, our future financial statements will be affected.

For additional information about our critical accounting policies and estimates, see Note 1 – Business and Basis of
Presentation and Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the notes to the consolidated financial statements
included in Part II, Item 8, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Revenue Recognition 

Our revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our clients in an

amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services.

We apply the following five-step model to recognize revenue from contracts with our clients:

·

·

·

·

·

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a client

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

Determination of the transaction price

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

Recognition of revenue when, or as, a performance obligation is satisfied

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Our contracts typically have a stated term of three years and include contractual termination options after the first

year, allowing the client to terminate the contract with 30 to 90 days’ notice.

Fertility Benefits Revenue

We primarily generate revenue through our fertility benefits solution, in which we provide our clients and their

employees and partners, or our members, with fertility benefits. As part of the fertility benefits solution, we provide access
to effective and cost-efficient fertility treatments, referred to as Smart Cycles, as well as other related services. Smart
Cycles are our proprietary treatment bundles that include certain medical services available to members through our
proprietary, credentialed network of provider clinics. In addition to access to our Smart Cycle treatment bundles and access
to our network of provider clinics, the fertility benefits solution includes other comprehensive services, which we refer to
as care management services, such as active management of the provider clinic network, real-time member eligibility and
treatment authorization, member-facing digital tools throughout the Smart Cycle and detailed quarterly reporting all
supported by client facing account management and end-to-end comprehensive member support provided by our in house
staff of PCAs.

The promises within our fertility benefits contract with a client represent a single performance obligation because

we provide a significant service of integrating our Smart Cycles and access to the fertility treatment services provided by
provider clinics with the other comprehensive services into the combined fertility benefits solution that the client contracted
to receive. Our fertility benefits solution is a stand-ready obligation that is satisfied over the contract term.

Our contracts include the following sources of consideration, which are all variable: a PEPM administration fee

(in most, but not all contracts) and a fixed rate per Smart Cycle. The PEPM administration fee is allocated between the
fertility benefits solution and the pharmacy benefits solution based on standalone selling price, estimated using an expected
cost plus margin method. We allocate the variable consideration related to the fixed rate per Smart Cycle to the distinct
period during which the related services were performed as those fees relate specifically to our efforts to provide our
fertility benefits solution to our clients in the period and represent the consideration we are entitled to for the fertility
benefits services provided. As a result, the fixed rate per Smart Cycle is included in the transaction price and recognized in
the period in which the Smart Cycle is provided to the member.

Our contracts also include potential service level agreement refunds related to outcome based service metrics.

These service level refunds, which are determined based on results of a full plan year, if met, are based on a percentage of
the PEPM fee paid by clients. We estimate the variable consideration related to the total PEPM administration fee, less
estimated refunds related to service level agreements, and recognize the amounts allocated to the fertility benefits solution
ratably over the contract term. Our estimate of service level agreement refunds, have not historically resulted in significant
adjustments to the transaction price.

Clients are invoiced on a monthly basis for the PEPM administration fee. We invoice our clients and members for

their respective portions of the fixed rate per Smart Cycle bundle when all treatment services within a Smart Cycle are
completed by the provider clinic. Once an invoice is issued, payment terms are typically between 30 to 60 days.

We assess whether we are the principal or the agent for each arrangement with a client, since fertility treatment

services are provided by a third party—the provider clinics. We are the principal in our arrangements with clients and
therefore present revenue gross of the amounts paid to the provider clinics because we control the specified service (the
fertility benefits solution) before it is transferred to the client. We integrate the fertility treatment services provided by the
provider clinics into the overall fertility benefits solution that the client contracted to receive. In addition, we define the
scope of the potential services to be performed by the provider clinics and monitor the performance of the provider clinics.
Furthermore, we are primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise to the client and have discretion in setting the pricing,
as we separately negotiate agreements with the provider clinics, which establish pricing for each treatment service. Pricing
of services from provider clinics is independent from the fees charged to clients.

67

Table of Contents

Pharmacy Benefits Revenue

For clients that have the fertility benefits solution, we offer, as an add-on, our pharmacy benefits solution, which is

a separate, fully integrated pharmacy benefit. As part of the pharmacy benefits solution, we provide care management
services, which include our formulary plan design, prescription fulfillment, simplified authorization and timely delivery of
the medications used during treatment through our network of specialty pharmacies, and clinical services consisting of
member assessments, UnPack It calls, telephone support, online education, medication administration training, pharmacy
support services and continuing PCA support.

The pharmacy-related promises represent a single performance obligation because we provide a significant service

of integrating the formulary plan design, prescription fulfillment, clinical services and PCA support into the combined
pharmacy benefits solution that the client contracted to receive. The pharmacy benefits solution is a stand-ready obligation
that is satisfied over the contract term.

Our contracts include the following sources of consideration, all of which are variable: a PEPM administration fee

(in most, but not all contracts) and a fixed fee per fertility drug. As described above, the PEPM administration fee, less
estimated refunds related to service level agreements, is allocated to the pharmacy benefits solution and recognized ratably
over the contract term. We allocate the variable consideration related to the fixed fee per fertility drug to the distinct period
during which the related services were performed, as those fees relate specifically to our efforts to provide our pharmacy
benefits solution to clients in the period and represents the consideration we are entitled to for the pharmacy benefits
services provided. As a result, the fixed fee per fertility drug is included in the transaction price and recognized in the
period in which we are entitled to consideration from a client, which is when a prescription is filled and delivered to the
members.

As stated above, clients are invoiced on a monthly basis for the PEPM administration fee. We invoice the client

and the member for their respective portions of the fixed fee per fertility drug, when the prescription services are completed
by the specialty pharmacy. Once an invoice is issued, payment terms are typically between 30 to 60 days.

We assess whether we are the principal or the agent for each arrangement with a client, as prescription fulfillment
and clinical services are provided by a third party—the specialty pharmacies. We are the principal in our arrangements with
clients, and therefore present revenue gross of the amounts paid to the specialty pharmacies. We control the specified
service (the pharmacy benefits solution) before it is transferred to the client. We integrate the prescription fulfillment and
clinical services provided by the pharmacies and PCAs into the overall pharmacy benefits solution that the client contracted
to receive. In addition, we define the scope of the potential services to be performed by the specialty pharmacies and
monitor the performance of the specialty pharmacies. Furthermore, we are primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise
to the client and have discretion in setting the pricing, as we separately negotiate agreements with pharmacies, which
establish pricing for each drug. Pricing of fertility drugs is independent from the fees charged to clients.

Accrued Receivable and Accrued Claims Payable 

Accrued receivables for those fertility benefits claims are estimated based on historical experience for each period
based on the fertility benefits services provided but for which a claim has not been received from the provider clinic. At the
same time, cost of services and accrued claims payables (included within accrued expense and other current liabilities) are
estimated based on the amount to be paid to the provider clinics and historical gross margin achieved. Estimates are
adjusted to actual at the time of billing. Adjustments to original estimates have been not been material.

Stock-Based Compensation

We estimate the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors using the Black-Scholes option-

pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including (1) the expected stock price volatility, (2) the
expected term of the award, (3) the risk-free interest rate and (4) expected dividends. Effective January 1, 2018, we
changed our accounting policy to account for forfeitures as they occur. Prior to January 1, 2018, forfeitures were

68

Table of Contents

estimated at the date of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differed from those
estimates.

The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by our

Board of Directors as there was no public market for the common stock. The Board of Directors determines the fair value
of our common stock by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including: the valuation of comparable
companies, sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, our operating and financial
performance, the lack of liquidity of common stock and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other
factors. We selected companies with comparable characteristics to us, including enterprise value, risk profiles and position
within the industry and with historical share price information sufficient to meet the expected term of the stock options.

The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of stock options granted to employees:

Expected volatility
Expected term (years)
Risk‑free interest rate
Expected dividend yield

Common Stock Valuations 

Year Ended
December 31, 

2019
48.6% -

49.0%  
5.63 - 6.28  
1.5% - 2.5%  
 —  

2018
48.1% -
48.9%
5.38 - 6.10
2.6% - 3.1%
 —

The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards has historically been determined by our

Board of Directors, with input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations. We believe that our Board of
Directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair value of our common stock. Prior to our IPO, the
absence of a public trading market of our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, our Board of
Directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best
estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each grant date. These factors include:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

the prices of common or preferred stock sold to third-party investors by us and in secondary transactions;

lack of marketability of our common stock;

our actual operating and financial performance;

current business conditions and projections;

hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

our history and the introduction of new services;

our stage of development;

likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an IPO or a merger or acquisition of the company given
prevailing market conditions;

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

In valuing our common stock, our Board of Directors determined the equity value of our business using various
valuation methods including combinations of income and market approaches with input from management. The income
approach estimates value based on the expectation of future cash flows that a company will generate. These future cash
flows are discounted to their present values using a discount rate derived from an analysis of the cost of capital of

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

comparable publicly traded companies in our industry or similar business operations as of each valuation date and is
adjusted to reflect the risks inherent in our cash flows.

For each valuation, the equity value determined by the income and market approaches was then allocated to the
common stock using either the option pricing method, or OPM, or a hybrid method. The hybrid method is a hybrid of the
probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM, and OPM.

The option pricing method is based on a binomial lattice model, which allows for the identification of a range of
possible future outcomes, each with an associated probability. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible
future outcomes is difficult to predict and thus creates highly speculative forecasts. PWERM involves a forward-looking
analysis of the possible future outcomes of the enterprise. This method is particularly useful when discrete future outcomes
can be predicted at a relatively high confidence level with a probability distribution. Discrete future outcomes considered
under the PWERM include an IPO, as well as non-IPO market-based outcomes. In determining the fair value of the
enterprise using the PWERM, we developed assumptions for an IPO liquidity event and the various outcomes that it could
yield. With the OPM model, we assumed a stay private scenario. Our valuations prior to March 2019 were based on the
OPM. Beginning March 31, 2019, we valued our common stock based on a hybrid method of the PWERM and the OPM.

Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgment, and assumptions that are highly complex
and subjective, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses, and future cash flows, discount rates, market
multiples, the selection of comparable companies, and the probability of possible future events. Changes in any or all of
these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between those assumptions impact our valuations as of each valuation
date and may have a material impact on the valuation of our common stock.

Since our IPO, our Board of Directors determines the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based

on the closing price of our common stock, on the date of grant, as reported by Nasdaq. Future expense amounts for any
particular period could be affected by changes in our assumptions or market conditions.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

For a full discussion of recently adopted accounting pronouncements, see Note 2 – Summary of Significant

Accounting Policies, in the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-
K.

Emerging Growth Company Status 

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging

growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting
standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until
those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period under
the JOBS Act until the earlier of the date we (1) are no longer an emerging growth company or (2) affirmatively and
irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may
not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company
effective dates.

70

 
Table of Contents

ITEM 7A. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that
may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is
primarily the result of fluctuations in interest rates.

Interest Rate Risk

At December 31, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents of $80.4 million. Interest-earning instruments carry a

degree of interest rate risk. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any
derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. Our investments are exposed to market risk due
to a fluctuation in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments.  A
hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would not result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Inflation Rate Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of

operations. Nonetheless, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to
fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial
condition, and results of operations.

71

Table of Contents

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Index To Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Financial Statements:

Consolidated Balance Sheets 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page

73

74
75
76
77
78

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Progyny, Inc. and subsidiaries

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Progyny, Inc. (the Company) as of December

31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in
convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). In our
opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company
at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express

an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to
the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities
and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan

and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an
audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the
Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements,
whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining,
on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012.

New York, NY
March 9, 2020

73

 
 
Table of Contents

Progyny, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net of $6,320 and $3,486 of allowances at December 31, 2019 and
December 31, 2018, respectively
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Assets of discontinued operations, current
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’
EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities
Short term debt

Total current liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 11)
Convertible preferred stock (Note 12), $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 and 314,930,070
shares authorized as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018; zero and 65,428,088
shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018,
respectively; aggregate liquidation preference of $0 and $106,369 as of
December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized at
December 31, 2019 and 417,000,000 at December 31, 2018; 84,188,202 and 5,155,407
shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018,
respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Treasury stock, at cost , $0.0001 par value; 615,980 shares outstanding at
December 31, 2019 and 589,320 at December 31, 2018
Accumulated deficit

December 31, 

2019

2018

  $

80,382   $

127

47,059  
5,003  
 —  
132,444  
3,083  
11,880  
2,375  
652  
150,434   $

19,388   $
16,775  
 —  
 —  
36,163  
36,163  

23,325
885
200
24,537
776
11,880
3,859
272
41,324

15,578
9,782
4,589
253
30,202
30,202

  $

  $

 —  

106,237

 8  
228,755  

 1
10,622

(1,009) 
(113,483) 
114,271  
150,434   $

(884)
(104,854)
(95,115)
41,324

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Progyny, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Revenue
Cost of services
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing
General and administrative

Total operating expenses
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Other expense:

Interest expense, net
Convertible preferred stock warrant valuation adjustment

Total other expense, net
Loss from continuing operations, before tax
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
Net Loss from continuing operations

Net income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

Net (loss) income and comprehensive (loss) income
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:
Basic and Diluted

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Total net loss per share attributable to common stockholders basic and
diluted

Weighted-average shares used in computing net (loss) earnings per share:

  $

Year Ended December 31, 
2018
105,400   $
85,966  
19,434  

2019
229,683   $
184,178     
45,505     

11,901     
23,927     
35,828     
9,677     

7,285  
15,601  
22,886  
(3,452) 

(58)    
(18,176)    
(18,234)    
(8,557)    
(12)    
(8,569)  $
 —   $
(8,569)  $
(8,569)  $

(497) 
(2,944) 
(3,441) 
(6,893) 
1,777  
(5,116)  $
5,777   $
661   $
(5,541)  $

2017
48,584
41,184
7,400

4,258
14,147
18,405
(11,005)

(740)
(714)
(1,454)
(12,459)
 3
(12,456)
 4
(12,452)
(13,468)

(0.41)  $
 —     

(1.00)  $
1.04  

(2.37)
 —

  $

(0.41)  $

0.04   $

(2.37)

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $

Basic and Diluted

     20,735,202      5,539,739    5,677,860

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
      
   
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
      
   
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
      
   
 
 
    
      
   
 
 
    
 
    
      
   
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Progyny, Inc.

Balance at December 31, 2017

Repurchase of convertible preferred
stock
Repurchase of common stock
Non-cash contribution
Stock option exercise
Stock‑based compensation
Impact of adoption of 2016-09
Net income

Balance at December 31, 2018
Repurchase of Common Stock
Stock option exercise
Stock-based compensation
Conversion of Convertible Preferred
Stock to Common Stock upon initial
public offering
Conversion of convertible Preferred
Stock Warrants to common stock
warrants upon initial public offering
Warrant exercise
Issuance of Common Stock in
connection with initial public offering,
net of issuance costs of $5.9 million
and $3.7 million in offering costs
Net loss

Balance at December 31, 2019

Convertible
Preferred Stock

Shares
  66,630,284  

     Amount       Shares

  108,312     5,690,083  

 1  

 —  

6,933  

Common Stock

  Additional  
Paid in
  Treasury  
    Amount     Stock      Capital

  Accumulated   
Deficit
(104,556)  

     Total

  (97,622)

(1,202,196)  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

(2,075)    
 —    
 —    
 —    
 —    
 —    
 —    

 —  
(589,321)  
 —  
54,645  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

65,428,088   $ 106,237    5,155,407   $

 1   $

 —  
 —  
 —  

 —   
(26,659) 
 —    6,490,059  
 —  
 —   

 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
(884)  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
(884)  $
(125) 
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
414  
65  
2,997  
213  
 —  
10,622   $
 —  
6,536  
5,061  

(425)  
(321)  
 —  
 —  
 —  
(213)  
661  

(425)
(1,205)
414
65
2,997
 —
661
(104,854)  $ (95,115)
(185)
6,536
5,061

(60) 
 —  
 —  

(65,428,088) 

  (106,237)    65,428,088  

 7  

 —  

  106,230  

 —  

  106,237

 —  
 —  

 —   
 —   

 —  
441,307  

 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  

22,765  
62  

 —  
 —  

  22,765
62

 —  
 —  
 —   $

 —    6,700,000  
 —   
 —  
 —    84,188,202   $

 —  
 —  
 8   $ (1,009)  $ 228,755   $

77,479  
 —  

 —  
 —  

 —  
(8,569) 

  77,479
(8,569)
(113,483)  $ 114,271

The accompany notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Progyny, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net (loss) income
Less: Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

Year Ended
December 31, 

2019

2018

2017

  $

(8,569)  $
 —   

661   $

(5,777)  

(12,452)
(4)

Deferred tax expense (benefit)
Loss on debt extinguishment
Depreciation and amortization
Stock-based compensation expense
Bad debt expense
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
Accretion of debt discount and debt issuance costs
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses and current other assets
Other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations
Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of property and equipment, net
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations
Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon initial public offering, net of issuance and offering
costs
Repayment of term loan
Proceeds from revolving line of credit
Repayments made against revolving line of credit
Repurchase of convertible preferred stock
Repurchase of common stock
Exercise of stock options
Exercise of stock warrants
Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock and warrants, net
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations
Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash paid for interest
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING
ACTIVITIES
Non-cash settlement of liability
Non-cash liability forgiveness related to divestiture
Non-cash preferred stock warrant conversion to common stock warrant upon IPO
Non-cash deferred initial public offering costs in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  $

  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

12   
 —   
2,133   
5,061   
1,606   
1   
 —   
18,176   

(25,342)  
(4,118)  
(380)  
3,501   
6,385   
(1,534)  
 —   
(1,534)  

(2,956)  
(2,956)  
200   
(2,756)  

78,385  
 —   
182,025   
(182,278)  
 —  
(185) 
6,536   
62  
 —  
84,545   
 —  
84,545   
80,255   
127   
80,382   $

(1,777)  
88   
1,883   
2,997   
824   
 —   
75   
2,944   

(12,776)  
(179)  
100   
10,448   
2,761   
2,272   
 —   
2,272   

(579)  
(579)  
2,481   
1,902   

 —  
(5,351)  
64,421   
(64,168)  
(2,500) 
(1,205) 
65   

 —  
(8,738)   

 —    

(8,738)   
(4,564)   
4,691   

127   $

176   $

505   $

 —   $
 —   $
(22,765)  $
906   $

414   $
4,869   $
 —   $
 —   $

(3)
 —
1,559
1,559
431
 2
200
714

(2,044)
(198)
(279)
(909)
2,005
(9,419)
(55)
(9,474)

(612)
(612)
 —
(612)

 —
(3,259)
 —
 —
 —
 —
25

15,000
11,766
 —
11,766
1,680
3,011
4,691

542

 —
 —
 —
 —

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

PROGYNY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.    Business and Basis of Presentation

Description of Business

Progyny, Inc. (referred to as “Progyny” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on April 3,
2008, and maintains its corporate headquarters in New York, NY. Prior to its 2015 acquisition of Fertility Authority, LLC,
the Company was exclusively a medical device company in the field of reproductive medicine, translating scientific
discoveries related to early embryo development into clinical tools. The Company’s product, the Early Embryo Viability
Assessment Test (“Eeva”), was designed to assist clinicians and patients in assessing the likelihood of certain in vitro
fertilization (“IVF”) outcomes.

With the acquisition of Fertility Authority, LLC, in March 2015, the Company established and operated as two

segments; (i) medical device and (ii) the fertility benefits solution.   In January 2018, the Company executed an agreement
with a related party to sell the Eeva business, representing all of the medical device segment.

Subsequent to the sale of the Eeva business, Progyny is a provider of a fertility benefits solution. The fertility

benefits solution consists of a significant service that integrates: (1) the treatment services (“Smart Cycles”) that the
Company has designed, (2) access to the Progyny network of high-quality fertility specialists that perform the Smart Cycle
treatments and (3) active management of the selective network of high-quality provider clinics, real-time member
eligibility and treatment authorization, member-facing digital tools and detailed quarterly reporting supported by the
Company’s dedicated account management teams, and end to end comprehensive concierge member support provided by
Progyny’s in-house staff of Patient Care Advocates (“PCAs”) (collectively, the “care management services”).

The Company enhanced its fertility benefits solution with the launch of Progyny Rx, its pharmacy benefits
solution, effective January 1, 2018. As part of this solution, the Company provides formulary plan design, simplified
authorization, assistance with prescription fulfillment, and timely delivery of the medications by the Company’s network of
specialty pharmacies, as well as medication administration training, pharmacy support services, and continuing PCA
support. As a pharmacy benefits solution provider, Progyny manages the dispensing of pharmaceuticals through the
Company’s specialty pharmacy contracts. The pharmacy benefits solution is only available as an add-on service to its
fertility benefits solution.

Reverse Stock Split

On October 14, 2019, the shareholders of Progyny approved a one-for-4.5454 reverse stock split of its common
and convertible preferred stock. The par value of the common stock and convertible preferred stock was not adjusted as a
result of the reverse stock split.   Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements and notes retroactively reflect
Progyny’s capital structure after giving effect to the reverse stock split.

Initial Public Offering

On October 29, 2019, the Company completed its initial public offering (“IPO”) in which it issued and sold

6,700,000 shares of its common stock at a public offering price of $13.00 per share.   As part of the IPO, certain selling
stockholders offered and sold an additional 4,800,000 shares (including 1,500,000 shares sold pursuant to the exercise of
the underwriters’ over-allotment option), at an equivalent public offering price of $13.00 per share. The Company received
net proceeds of $77.5 million from the IPO, after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions of $5.9 million and
offering costs of $3.7 million. Offering costs were initially capitalized and consisted of fees and expenses incurred in
connection with the sale of common stock in the IPO, including legal, accounting, printing and other IPO-related
costs.  Upon completion of the IPO, these offering costs were reclassified to stockholders’ equity and offset against the
proceeds from the offering on the balance sheet.  Immediately prior to the completion of the IPO, all shares

78

 
Table of Contents

of convertible preferred stock then outstanding were converted into 65,428,088 shares of common stock on a one-to-one
basis, $106.2 million of convertible preferred stock was reclassified to additional paid-in-capital and $7,000 of convertible
preferred stock was reclassified to common stock on the Company’s balance sheet.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the

“JOBS Act”). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards
issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act, until such time as those standards apply to private companies.

The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting
standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it is (i) no
longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided
in the JOBS Act. As a result, the Company’s consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that
comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

The Company will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of  (1) December 31, 2024; (2) the last

day of the Company’s first fiscal year in which the Company has total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion; (3) the
date on which the Company has issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year
period; and (4) the last day of the Company’s first fiscal year in which the market value of the Company’s common stock
that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th. 

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include those of the Company and its wholly owned
subsidiary, Fertility Authority LLC.   Effective June 2018, the Company legally dissolved the Fertility Authority LLC legal
entity.  All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.   The consolidated financial
statements and accompanying notes were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in United
Sates (“U.S. GAAP”). 

Segment Information

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial

information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), or decision-making group, in
making decisions on how to allocate resources and assess performance. Following the divestiture of Eeva, the Company
operates and manages in one operating segment, providing fertility and pharmacy benefits solutions. The Company defines
its CODM as its Chief Executive Officer and its President, Chief Financial and Operating Officer.  All long-lived assets are
located in the United States and all revenue is attributed to the United States. Since the Company operates in one operating
segment, all required financial segment information can be found in the consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP generally requires management to make

estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of certain assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses, and the
related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Specific accounts that require management estimates include accrued
receivables, accrued claims payable, allowance for doubtful accounts, accrued rebates, convertible preferred stock warrant
liabilities and stock-based compensation. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other
assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making
judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results
may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

79

 
 
   
Table of Contents

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are stated at fair value. The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased

with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents
consist of cash, bank deposits, and treasury bills, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to clients in an amount that

reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services.

The Company applies the following five-step model to recognize revenue from contracts with clients:

·

·

·

·

·

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a client

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

Determination of the transaction price

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

Recognition of revenue when, or as, a performance obligation is satisfied

Progyny’s contracts typically have a stated term of three years and include contractual termination options after

the first year, allowing the client to terminate the contract with 30 to 90 days’ notice.

Fertility Benefits Revenue

Progyny primarily generates revenue through its fertility benefits solution, in which Progyny provides self-insured
enterprise entities (‘‘clients’’) and their employees and partners (together, ‘‘members’’) with fertility benefits. As part of the
fertility benefits solution, Progyny provides access to effective and cost-efficient fertility treatments, referred to as Smart
Cycles, as well as other related services. Smart Cycles are proprietary treatment bundles that include certain medical
services available to members through Progyny’s proprietary, credentialed network of provider clinics. In addition to access
to Progyny’s Smart Cycle treatment bundles and access to Progyny’s network of provider clinics, the fertility benefits
solution includes other comprehensive services, which Progyny refers to as care management services, such as active
management of the provider clinic network, real-time member eligibility and treatment authorization, member-facing
digital tools throughout the Smart Cycle and detailed quarterly reporting all supported by client facing account
management and end-to-end comprehensive member support provided by Progyny’s in house staff of PCAs.

The promises within Progyny’s fertility benefits contract with a client represent a single performance obligation

because Progyny provides a significant service of integrating the Progyny designed Smart Cycles and access to the fertility
treatment services provided by provider clinics with the other comprehensive services into the combined fertility benefits
solution that the client contracted to receive. Progyny’s fertility benefits solution is a stand-ready obligation that is satisfied
over the contract term.

Progyny’s contracts include the following sources of consideration, which are all variable: a per employee per

month (‘‘PEPM’’) administration fee (in most, but not all contracts) and a fixed rate per Smart Cycle. The PEPM
administration fee is allocated between the fertility benefits solution and the pharmacy benefits solution based on
standalone selling price, estimated using an expected cost-plus margin method. The Company allocates the variable
consideration related to the fixed rate per Smart Cycle to the distinct period during which the related services were
performed as those fees relate specifically to the Company’s efforts to provide its fertility benefits solution to its clients in
the period and represents the consideration the Company is entitled to for the fertility benefit services provided. As a

80

 
Table of Contents

result, the fixed rate per Smart Cycle is included in the transaction price and recognized in the period in which the Smart
Cycle is provided to the member.

Progyny’s contracts also include potential service level agreement refunds related to outcome-based service
metrics. These service level refunds, which are determined based on results of a full plan year, if met, are based on a
percentage of the PEPM fee paid by clients. The Company estimates the variable consideration related to the total PEPM
administration fee, less estimated refunds related to service level agreements, and recognizes the amounts allocated to the
fertility benefits solution ratably over the contract term. Progyny’s estimate of service level agreement refunds, have not
historically resulted in significant adjustments to the transaction price.

Clients are invoiced on a monthly basis for the PEPM administration fee. Progyny invoices its clients and
members for their respective portions of the fixed rate per Smart Cycle bundle when all treatment services within a Smart
Cycle are completed by the provider clinic. Once an invoice is issued, payment terms are typically between 30 to 60 days.

The Company assesses whether it is the principal or the agent for each arrangement with a client, since fertility
treatment services are provided by a third party—the provider clinics. The Company is the principal in its arrangements
with clients and therefore presents revenue gross of the amounts paid to the provider clinics because Progyny controls the
specified service (the fertility benefits solution) before it is transferred to the client. Progyny integrates the fertility
treatment services provided by the provider clinics into the overall fertility benefits solution that the client contracted to
receive. In addition, Progyny defines the scope of the potential services to be performed by the provider clinics and
monitors the performance of the provider clinics. Furthermore, Progyny is primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise
to the client and has discretion in setting the pricing, as Progyny separately negotiates agreements with the provider clinics,
which establish pricing for each treatment service. Pricing of services from provider clinics is independent from the fees
charged to clients.

Pharmacy Benefits Revenue

For clients that have the fertility benefits solution, Progyny offers, as an add-on, its pharmacy benefits solution,
which is a separate, fully integrated pharmacy benefit. As part of the pharmacy benefits solution, Progyny provides care
management services, which include Progyny’s formulary plan design, prescription fulfillment, simplified authorization
and timely delivery of the medications used during treatment through Progyny’s network of specialty pharmacies, and
clinical services consisting of member assessments, UnPack It calls, telephone support, online education, medication
administration training, pharmacy support services and continuing PCA support.

The pharmacy-related promises represent a single performance obligation because Progyny provides a significant

service of integrating the formulary plan design, prescription fulfillment, clinical services and PCA support into the
combined pharmacy benefits solution that the client contracted to receive. The pharmacy benefits solution is a stand-ready
obligation that is satisfied over the contract term.

Progyny’s contracts include the following sources of consideration, all of which are variable: a PEPM

administration fee (in most, but not all contracts) and a fixed fee per fertility drug. As described above, the PEPM
administration fee, less estimated refunds related to service level agreements, is allocated to the pharmacy benefits solution
and recognized ratably over the contract term. The Company allocates the variable consideration related to the fixed fee per
fertility drug to the distinct period during which the related services were performed, as those fees relate specifically to the
Company’s efforts to provide its pharmacy benefits solution to clients in the period and represents the consideration the
Company is entitled to for the pharmacy benefit services provided. As a result, the fixed fee per fertility drug is included in
the transaction price and recognized in the period in which the Company is entitled to consideration from a client, which is
when a prescription is filled and delivered to the members.

As stated above, clients are invoiced on a monthly basis for the PEPM administration fee. Progyny invoices the

client and the member for their respective portions of the fixed fee per fertility drug, when the prescription services are
completed by the specialty pharmacy. Once an invoice is issued, payment terms are typically between 30 to 60 days.

81

Table of Contents

The Company assesses whether it is the principal or the agent for each arrangement with a client, as prescription
fulfillment and clinical services are provided by a third party—the specialty pharmacies. The Company is the principal in
its arrangements with clients, and therefore presents revenue gross of the amounts paid to the specialty pharmacies.
Progyny controls the specified service (the pharmacy benefits solution) before it is transferred to the client. Progyny
integrates the prescription fulfillment and clinical services provided by the pharmacies and PCAs into the overall pharmacy
benefits solution that the client contracted to receive. In addition, Progyny defines the scope of the potential services to be
performed by the specialty pharmacies and monitors the performance of the specialty pharmacies. Furthermore, Progyny is
primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise to the client and has discretion in setting the pricing, as Progyny separately
negotiates agreements with pharmacies, which establish pricing for each drug. Pricing of fertility drugs is independent from
the fees charged to clients.

The Company does not disclose the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations because all
of the transaction price is variable and is allocated to the distinct periods to which the services relate, as discussed above.
The remaining contract term is typically less than one year, due to the client’s contractual termination options.

Accrued Receivable and Accrued Claims Payable

Accrued receivables are estimated based on historical experience for those fertility benefit services provided but

for which a claim has not been received from the provider clinic. At the same time, cost of services and accrued claims
payables are estimated based on the amount to be paid to the provider clinic and historical gross margin achieved on
fertility benefit services. Estimates are adjusted to actual at the time of billing. Adjustments to original estimates have not
been material.

As of December 31, 2019, accrued receivables and accrued claims payables were $16.0 million, and $9.8 million,
respectively as compared to $9.5 million, and $6.7 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2018. Accrued receivables are
included within accounts receivable in the consolidated balance sheet.  Accrued claims payable are included within accrued
expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.  Claims payable are paid within 30 days based on
contractual terms.

As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, unbilled receivables, which represent claims received and

approved but unbilled at the end of the reporting period, were $8.5 million and $3.6 million, respectively. Unbilled
receivables are typically billed to clients within 30 days of the approved claim based on the contractual billing schedule
agreed upon with the client. Unbilled receivables are included in accounts receivable in the consolidated balance sheet. 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

The accounts receivable balance primarily includes amounts due from clients and members. Accounts receivable

also includes certain accrued receivables for fertility benefits claims from provider clinics at the end of each period for
services provided that have not yet been received. The Company estimates an allowance for changes and cancellations of
services based upon historical experience and estimates member uncollectible amounts based upon historical bad debts,
current member receivable balances and the age of member receivable balances.

82

Table of Contents

December 31, 2019
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Allowance for service changes and
cancellations

(1)

December 31, 2018
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Allowance for service changes and
cancellations

(1)

Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

Balance at
Beginning
of Period

Charged
to Revenue  

Charged
to Costs
and Expenses 

Write-offs  

Utilization  

   $

1,175    $

 —    $

1,606    $

(10)   $

 —    $

Balance
at End
of Period
2,771

2,311  
3,486  

7,742  
7,742  

 —  
1,606  

 —  
(10) 

(6,504) 
(6,504) 

3,549
6,320

  $

590   $

 —   $

824   $

(239)  $

 —   $

1,175

500  
1,090  

3,414  
3,414  

 —  
824  

 —  
(239) 

(1,603) 
(1,603) 

2,311
3,486

(1) Represents the allowance released as a result of the cancellation or adjustment to an authorized fertility benefits

service treatment.

Cost of Services

Fertility Benefit Services

Fertility benefit services costs include: (1) fees paid to provider clinics within our network, labs and

anesthesiologists; (2) costs incurred (including salaries, bonuses, benefits, stock-based compensation, other related costs,
and an allocation of our general overhead, depreciation and amortization) for those employees associated with our care
management service functions: Provider Account Management, PCA and Provider Relations teams; and (3) related
information technology support costs.  Our contracts with provider clinics are typically for a term of one to two years.

Pharmacy Benefit Services

Pharmacy benefit services costs include: (1) the fees for prescription drugs dispensed and clinical services

provided during the reporting period by our specialty pharmacy partners; (2) costs incurred (including salaries, bonuses,
benefits, stock-based compensation, other related costs, and an allocation of our general overhead, depreciation and
amortization) for those employees associated with our care management service functions:  PCA and Provider Relations
teams; and (3) related information technology support costs. Contracts with the specialty pharmacies are typically for a
term of one year.

In the specialty pharmacy contracts, the contractual fees of prescription drugs sold includes the cost of the
prescription drugs purchased and shipped to members by the Company’s specialty mail service dispensing pharmacy, net of
any volume-related or other discounts.

Vendor rebates

The Company receives a rebate on formulations purchased and dispensed by the Company’s specialty pharmacy.

The Company’s contractual arrangements with pharmaceutical manufacturers provide for the Company to receive a
discount (or rebate) from established list prices paid subsequent to dispensing when products are purchased indirectly from
a pharmaceutical manufacturer (e.g., through a specialty pharmacy.) These rebates are recognized as a reduction of Cost of
services when prescriptions are dispensed and are generally estimated and billed to manufacturers within 15 days of the end
of each month. The effect of adjustments resulting from the reconciliation of rebates recognized to the amounts billed and
collected has not been material to the Company’s results of operations.

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Concentration of Credit Risk and Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consists primarily of

cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.

The Company invests its cash and cash equivalents with highly rated financial institutions and management

believes that the financial risks associated with its cash equivalents are minimal. Substantially all of the Company’s cash is
maintained with one financial institution with a high credit standing. From time to time, such deposits may exceed federally
insured limits.

The Company regularly reviews the outstanding accounts receivable, including consideration of factors such as

the age of the receivable balance. Two customers accounted for 17% and 14% each, or 31% total receivables as of
December 31, 2019. Three customers accounted for 25%, 13% and 10% each, or 48% of total accounts receivables as of
December 31, 2018. To manage credit risk related to accounts receivable, the Company evaluates client’s financial
condition and collateral is generally not required.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the

carrying amount of such assets or asset groups may not be recoverable. In such instances, the recoverability of assets to be
held and used is measured first by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to future undiscounted net cash
flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, an impairment loss would be
recognized if the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset or asset group. The fair value is
determined based on valuation techniques such as a comparison to fair values of similar assets or using a discounted cash
flow analysis. There were no impairments recorded for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of computer equipment, machinery and equipment, furniture and fixtures, and

leasehold improvements. The assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is
calculated using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives and in the case of leasehold improvements, the
shorter of the useful life or the remaining term of the lease (see Note 5).

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the assets acquired and

liabilities assumed in a business combination. Other intangible assets consist of trademarks, physician network, and the
websites acquired in the Fertility Authority acquisition. Goodwill, including other definite-lived intangible assets, are
carried at their initial acquisition date fair value less any impairment. Other intangible assets are recorded at fair value at
the date of acquisition, less accumulated amortization. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method based on
estimated useful lives.

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually as of October 1st of each year or when an interim triggering event

has occurred indicating potential impairment. Events or changes in circumstances which could trigger an impairment
review, which are assessed at the reporting unit level, include significant changes in the manner of the Company’s use of
the acquired assets or the strategy for the Company’s overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends,
significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future results of operations, a significant adverse change in
the business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition or a loss of key personnel.
The Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or
circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its
carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than
not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then additional impairment testing is not
required. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first of a two-step impairment test.

84

Table of Contents

The first step involves comparing the estimated fair value of the reporting unit with its respective book value,

including goodwill. If the estimated fair value exceeds book value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no
additional steps are necessary. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an
impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess.

The Company tests for goodwill impairment on each of its one reporting unit, which is at the operating segment or

one level below the operating segment. This analysis requires us to make a series of critical assumptions to (1) evaluate
whether any impairment exists and (2) measure the amount of impairment. There was no impairment of goodwill or
intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017.

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

Freestanding warrants to purchase the Company’s convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities on the

accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The convertible preferred stock warrants are recorded as liabilities because the
underlying shares of convertible preferred stock are contingently redeemable, upon a deemed liquidation event which may
obligate the Company to transfer assets at some point in the future to settle these warrants. The warrants are recorded at
estimated fair value and are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date and recorded in Other Income (expense),
in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income.   In connection with the IPO,
all convertible preferred stock warrants were converted to common stock warrants.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based compensation awards in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718,

Compensation—Stock Compensation (ASC 718). ASC 718 requires all share-based payments, including grants of stock
options, to be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) based on their
respective fair values. For non-employee awards a measurement date is normally reached when performance is completed,
and the fair value is remeasured as the stock options vest.

The fair value of the Company’s stock options has been determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model,

which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including (i) the expected stock price volatility, (ii) the expected term
of the award, (iii) the risk-free interest rate and (iv) expected dividends. Due to the lack of historical and implied volatility
data of the Company’s common stock, the expected stock price volatility has been estimated based on the historical
volatilities of a specified group of companies in Progyny’s industry for a period equal to the expected life of the option.
Progyny selected companies with comparable characteristics to the Company, including enterprise value, risk profiles and
position within the industry and with historical share price information sufficient to meet the expected term of the stock
options. The historical volatility data has been computed using the daily closing prices for the selected companies.

The expected life of the options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be

outstanding and is calculated using the simplified method, which is the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of
the contractual term for each option. We have estimated the expected term of non-employee service-based and
performance-based awards based on the remaining contractual term of such awards. The risk-free interest rate is based on a
zero coupon, United States Treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected life of the stock option. The
Company has not paid, and does not anticipate paying, cash dividends on its shares of common stock; therefore, the
expected dividend yield is zero.

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation which in

turn resulted in a change in accounting policy to account for forfeitures as they occur. Prior to January 1, 2018, forfeitures
were estimated at the date of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differed from those
estimates. The adoption resulted in a transition adjustment of $213,000, recorded to Accumulated deficit.

The Company’s share-based awards are subject to either service-based or performance-based vesting conditions.

The Company recognizes compensation expense for service-based awards over the vesting period of the

85

Table of Contents

award on a straight-line basis. Compensation expense related to awards with performance-based vesting conditions is
recognized when achievement of the performance condition is considered probable over the requisite service period.

Common Stock Valuation   

The Company has historically granted stock options at exercise prices equal to the fair value as determined by the

Board of Directors on the date of grant. Prior to the IPO and in the absence of a public trading market, the Board of
Directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgement and considered numerous objective and subjective
factors to determine the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the date of each stock option grant, including:

·

·

·

the Company’s financial performance

the rights, preferences and privileges of the convertible preferred stock relative to those of the common stock;
and

general economic and financial conditions, and the trends specific to the markets in which the Company
operates

In addition, the Board of Directors considered the independent valuations completed by a third-party valuation

consultant. The valuations of the Company’s common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity
Securities Issued as Compensation. In performing these valuations, the Board of Directors considered a variety of relevant
factors and valuation methodologies in accordance with the guidelines.  Following the IPO, the Board of Directors
determines the fair market value for all common stock grants based on the closing market price of our common stock, on
the date of grant, as reported by Nasdaq.   

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”).

Deferred income taxes are recorded for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax basis of
assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts recognized for income tax purposes. The Company
periodically reviews the recoverability of deferred tax assets recorded on the consolidated balance sheet and provides
valuation allowances as deemed necessary to reduce such deferred tax assets to the amount that will, more likely than not,
be realized. Income tax expense consists of taxes currently payable and changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities
calculated according to local tax rules.

Significant judgment is required in determining any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. In
assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers all available evidence for each jurisdiction including
past operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies. In the event
the Company changes its determination as to the amount of deferred tax assets that can be realized, the Company will
adjust its valuation allowance with a corresponding impact to income tax expense in the period in which such
determination is made.

The amount of deferred tax provided is calculated using tax rates enacted at the balance sheet date. The impact of

tax law changes is recognized in periods when the change is enacted.

A two-step approach is applied pursuant to ASC 740 in the recognition and measurement of uncertain tax

positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence
indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained in an audit, including resolution of any related
appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50%
likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalty expenses associated with uncertain tax positions as a
component of income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. As of

86

Table of Contents

December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions and
no amounts have been recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss)
income.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements

The Company determines the fair value of financial assets and liabilities using the fair value hierarchy established

in the accounting standards. The hierarchy describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value, as
follows:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for

similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are
observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets
or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair

value of the assets or liabilities.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is

significant to the fair value measurements. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair
value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or
liability.

The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash equivalents, accounts
receivable accounts payable and the term loan approximate fair value due to their short maturities. Warrants to purchase
shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock are stated at fair value and remeasured at the end of each reporting
period.

Net (Loss) Income per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net income

(loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the
period. The Company adjusts its net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders to reflect the impact of deemed
dividends recorded for convertible preferred stock during the period.

The Company’s convertible preferred stock was entitled to receive noncumulative dividends, prior and in

preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on common stock and thereafter participate pro rata on an as-
converted basis with the common stockholders in any distributions to common stockholders and were therefore considered
to be participating securities. As a result, the Company calculated the net (loss) income per share using the two-class
method. Accordingly, the net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders is derived from the net (loss) income for
the period and, in periods in which the Company has net income attributable to common stockholders, an adjustment is
made for the allocations of undistributed earnings to participating securities based on their outstanding shareholder rights.
Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the convertible preferred
stock as the convertible preferred stockholders did not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses.

Diluted net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders is computed by adjusting (loss) income attributable

to common stockholders to allocate undistributed earnings based on the potential impact of dilutive securities, including
outstanding stock options, convertible preferred stock, convertible preferred stock warrants, and common stock warrants.
Diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the diluted net (loss)
income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period,
including common stock equivalents. In periods when the Company has incurred a net

87

Table of Contents

loss, convertible preferred stock, options to purchase common stock, convertible preferred stock warrants, and common
stock warrants are considered common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss
per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is antidilutive.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”)

2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), to achieve a consistent application of revenue recognition
within the U.S., resulting in a single revenue model to be applied by reporting companies under GAAP. Under the new
model, recognition of revenue occurs when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services in an amount that
reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, the
revised guidance required that reporting companies disclose the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and
cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2019 using the full
retrospective approach. The adoption of the new standard had an immaterial impact on the consolidated financial
statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, requiring

companies to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent on the balance sheet instead of separating deferred
taxes into current and noncurrent amounts. The Company prospectively adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2018,
which did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”):
 Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which changes the accounting for share-based payment
transactions, including income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification in
the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted this standard on a prospective basis as of January 1, 2018, which
resulted in a transition adjustment of $213,000, recorded through Accumulated deficit. The adoption had no other effect on
the net deferred tax balances, the consolidated statement of cash flows or otherwise on its consolidated financial statements.

In September 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (“ASC 230”): Classification of

Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (a consensus  of  the  Emerging  Issues  Task Force), which changes how certain
cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted this
guidance effective January 1, 2018, which did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial
statements.

In January 2017, the FASB  issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other: Simplifying  the Test for

Goodwill Impairment, to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill
impairment test. The new standard requires goodwill impairment to be based upon the results of Step 1 of the goodwill
impairment test, which evaluates the extent, if any, by which the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value,
with any resulting impairment not exceeding the carrying amount of goodwill. The Company early adopted ASU 2017-04
on a prospective basis effective January 1, 2018. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant effect on the
Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Clarifying the definition of a business. The new standard

clarifies the definition of a business to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as
acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The new standard is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company
adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2019, which did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated
financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of

Modification Accounting. The amendments provide guidance on determining which changes to the terms and conditions of
share-based payment awards require an entity to apply modification accounting under ASC 718. An entity should account
for the effects of a modification unless all the following are met: 1. The fair value (or calculated value or

88

Table of Contents

intrinsic value, if such an alternative measurement method is used) of the modified award is the same as the fair value (or
calculated value or intrinsic value, if such an alternative measurement method is used) of the original award immediately
before the original award is modified. If the modification does not affect any of the inputs to the valuation technique that
the entity uses to value the award, the entity is not required to estimate the value immediately before and after the
modification. 2. The vesting conditions of the modified award are the same as the vesting conditions of the original award
immediately before the original award is modified. 3. The classification of the modified award as an equity instrument or a
liability instrument is the same as the classification of the original award immediately before the original award is
modified. The Company adopted the guidance effective January 1, 2018. The adoption of this guidance did not have a
significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-05, Income Taxes (ASC 740), to conform to SEC  Staff

Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”). The standard was issued to allow registrants to record provisional amounts
during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year from the enactment date in instances when a registrant does
not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for
certain income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Reform Act”). The standard was effective upon issuance.
The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (ASC 718): Improvements

to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which changes the accounting for share-based payment transactions with
nonemployees. For private companies the new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and
for interim periods therein. The Company adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2019. The adoption of this guidance
did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Pronouncements Issued but Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016‑02, Leases (Topic 842). The new standard establishes a right-
of-use (“ROU”) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases
with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the
pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. The new standard is effective for the Company for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. On July 17, 2019, the FASB voted
to propose a deferral of the effective date of the standard to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company
plans to adopt this standard as of the effective date for private companies using the modified retrospective approach of all
leases entered into before the effective date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on its
consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued final guidance requiring a customer in a cloud computing arrangement that is a

service contract to follow the internal use software guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350-
402 Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal Use Software (Subtopic 350-40) to determine which implementation costs
to capitalize as assets. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early
adoption of the amendments is permitted, including adoption in any interim period, for all entities and should be applied
either retrospectively or prospectively to all implementation costs incurred after the date of adoption. The Company is
currently reviewing its cloud computing arrangements to evaluate the impact of adoption of the final guidance but does not
expect that the pending adoption of this ASU will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 which replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology in current

U.S. GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of
reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. On July 17, 2019, the FASB voted to propose a
deferral of the effective date of the standard to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. As the Company elected the
private company transition rules as part of the IPO process, the ASU is effective for the Company for annual periods
beginning after December 15, 2022, and interim periods within those years. The Company is currently evaluating the
impact this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements.

89

 
 
 
Table of Contents

3. Revenue

Disaggregated revenue

The following table disaggregates revenue by service (in thousands): 

Revenue
Fertility benefit services revenue
Pharmacy benefit services revenue

Total revenue

Concentration of Major Clients

Year Ended
December 31, 

2019

2018

  $

  $

189,618   $
40,065  
229,683   $

99,786
5,614
105,400

For the year ended December 31, 2019, three clients accounted for 16%, 15% and 10%, or 41% of our total
revenue.  For the year ended December 31, 2018 three clients accounted for 24%, 14%, and 10%, or 48% of our total
revenue.  

4. Fair Value Measurement

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as follows (in thousands):

Liabilities:

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability
Total

  $
  $

 —   $
 —   $

 —   $
 —   $

 —   $
 —   $

 —
 —

December 31, 2019

Total

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3

Liabilities:

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability
Total

  $ 4,589   $
  $ 4,589   $

 —   $
 —   $

 —   $ 4,589
 —   $ 4,589

December 31, 2018

Total

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3

The estimated fair values of the convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities (see Note 10) were determined using

Level 3, or significant unobservable inputs. Changes to the estimated fair value of the warrants are recorded in other
income or other expense in the statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The following table provides the
changes in the estimated fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrants (in thousands):

Balance as of December 31, 2018

Changes in estimate fair value of warrants
Conversion of convertible preferred stock warrants to common stock warrants
upon IPO

Balance at December 31, 2019

     Convertible
  Preferred Stock

Warrants

  $

  $

4,589
18,176

(22,765)
 —

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
        
        
        
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
  
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2, or Level

3 assets or liabilities reported at fair value on a recurring basis and the valuation techniques used to value the Level 3
liabilities did not change.

5. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

Machinery and equipment
Computers and software
Leasehold improvements
Furniture and fixtures

Less:  accumulated depreciation
Total property and equipment, net

Estimated
Useful Life
(in years)

3-5   $
3  
lease term  
7  

$

December 31, 

2019

2018

13  
1,353  
2,391  
459  
4,216  
(1,133) 
3,083  

$

$

13
798
346
102
1,259
(483)
776

Depreciation expense was approximately $650,000, $400,000, and $76,000 for the years ended December 31,

2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

6. Divestitures

On January 18, 2018, the Company completed the divestiture of its Eeva business, the primary operations of our

previous medical device segment, to a related party, Ares Trading S.A. a subsidiary of Merck Serono, S.A. (“Merck”), a
shareholder in the Company. The Eeva business was sold to Merck for $7.9 million, consisting of cash of $3.0 million and
the forgiveness of the $4.9 million liability remaining from the previous license agreement for the Eeva product between
the two parties. The cash consideration includes $300,000 of deferred consideration, of which the last payment was
received by the Company in March 2019.

The Company determined that the Eeva business met the criteria to be classified as held for sale as of December

31, 2016, representing a strategic shift in Progyny’s operations. With the amendment of the license agreement in May 2016,
management committed to a plan to sell the business and move from the medical device business to the fertility benefits
business which represented a strategic shift. The Board of Directors approved the ultimate sale of Eeva in December 2017.

In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, upon the sale of the Eeva business on January 18, 2018,

the Company reflected the Eeva business as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements.

Excluding the $200,000 of assets representing the remaining deferred consideration, there was no other assets or

liabilities associated with the Eeva business as of December 31, 2018.

This transaction had no impact on the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for

the fiscal year of 2019.  The following is a summary of the operating results of Eeva which have been reflected within
income from discontinued operations, net of tax (in thousands):

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Revenue
Cost of service
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Research and development
General and administration
Total operating expenses
Income from discontinued operations
Gain on sale of discontinued operations
Income from discontinued operations, before taxes
Provision for income taxes

Net income from discontinued operations, net of
taxes

Year Ended
December 31, 
2018

2017

2019

 —   
 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —  $
 —   
 —   

 —   $
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
7,554   $
7,554     
(1,777)    

328
59
269

241
21
262
 7
 —
 7
(3)

  $

  $

 —  $  

5,777   $  

 4

The significant components of the consolidated statement of cash flows for Eeva are as follows (in thousands):

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Depreciation expense
Deferred license revenue

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Deferred consideration
Proceeds from sale of business, net of costs

7. Intangible Assets, Net

Intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):

Year Ended
December 31, 
2018

2019

2017

 —  
 —  

 —    
 —    

18
(73)

 —  
200  

200
2,481

 —
 —

Trademarks
Physician Network
Website

Less:  accumulated amortization
Total intangible assets, net

Estimated
  Useful Life
(in years)

December 31, 

2019

2018

8   $
6    
5    

  $

4,000   $
3,500  
2,000  
9,500  
(7,125) 
2,375   $

4,000
3,500
2,000
9,500
(5,641)
3,859

Amortization expense was $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017.

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2019, the future amortization expense of other intangible assets is as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31:
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter
Total

  $

  $

1,162
614
500
99
2,375

8. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

Accrued claims payable
Accrued compensation
Accrued commission
Professional fees
Other
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

9. Debt

December 31, 

2019

2018

  $

  $

9,795   $
2,559  
1,216  
1,315  
1,890  
16,775   $

6,656
1,490
966
274
396
9,782

The Company’s $8.0 million term loan, entered into in November 2015 (“Term Loan”), carried an interest rate

equal to the greater of 7.5% or LIBOR plus 7.3%.  The terms contain a prepayment fee of  3.0% of the outstanding
principal if repaid after the effective date but on or prior to the first anniversary, 2.0% if repaid after the first anniversary of
the effective date but on or prior to the second anniversary, and 1.0% if repaid after the second anniversary of the effective
date but prior to the maturity date. Additionally, the terms contained an additional significant final payment representing
8.0% of the original principal.

In June 2018, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank for a revolving line of credit
up to $15.0 million based upon an advance rate of 80% on “eligible” accounts receivable to fund its working capital and
other general corporate needs (“SVB Line of Credit”). Eligible accounts receivable is defined in the loan agreement as
accounts billed with aging 90 days or less and excludes accounts receivable due for member copayments, coinsurance, and
deductibles.

Upon execution of the SVB Line of Credit, the Term Loan was paid off in full including the remaining principal

balance of $2.9 million, final balloon payment of $640,000 and the 1.0% early payment penalty fee of $15,000. The
repayment of the Term Loan was treated as a debt extinguishment and the Company recognized the remaining unamortized
debt discount of $88,000 as a loss on debt extinguishment in Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2018.

The Company is required to pay a revolving line commitment fee of $225,000 in three equal annual installments
of $75,000 starting on the one-year anniversary of the revolving line. The Company made the first installment payment of
$75,000 in June 2019 and accrues this cost monthly.  The SVB Line of Credit matures in June 2021. When the Company
holds unrestricted cash balances greater than $5.0 million interest accrues at a floating rate per annum equal to the greater
of prime rate or 4.75%.  If the unrestricted cash balance is less than $5.0 million interest accrues at a floating rate per
annum equal to the greater of prime rate plus 0.5% or 4.75%, with interest payable monthly.   Interest is paid based upon
the borrowed funds. 

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The SVB Line of Credit contains customary affirmative covenants, financial covenants, as well as negative
covenants that, among other things, restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness (including guarantees of
certain obligations); create liens; engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions; sell assets; maintain
collateral; pay dividends or make other payments in respect of capital stock; make acquisitions; make investments, loans
and advances; enter into transactions with affiliates; make payments with respect to or modify subordinated debt
instruments; and enter into agreements with negative pledge clauses or clauses restricting subsidiary distributions. The
financial covenant requires the Company achieve minimum revenue targets established at 75% of the annual financial
projections approved by the Board of Directors.

The Company was in compliance with all requirements and its covenant of the revolving credit facility as of

December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

Prior to the repayment of the Term Loan, the Company recorded interest of $163,000 and accretion of the debt

discount of $75,000 in Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2018.

As of December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018, the Company had $0 and $253,000 drawn on the SVB Line of

Credit, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded interest expense on the SVB Line
of Credit of $213,000. 

10. Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

In connection with the IPO on October 25, 2019 the convertible preferred warrants converted to common stock
warrants.   Therefore, as of December 31, 2019 the Company had no outstanding convertible preferred warrants.  Prior to
the conversion, the convertible preferred stock warrants were valued using the price as of the IPO date of $13 less the
exercise price of $1.73 per common share.  In the fourth quarter of 2019, 482,661 common stock warrants were exercised
for 441,307 shares of common stock  at a weighted average exercise price of $1.59.   

As of December 31, 2018 the Company had issued and outstanding warrants to acquire 2,019,245 shares of Series

B convertible preferred stock for $1.73 per share with a fair value of $4.6 million that were issued in conjunction with
various equity and financing transactions. 

The Company recognized the warrants at fair value at the time of issuance and remeasures the warrants at their

fair value on a recurring basis thereafter. Given the deemed liquidation provisions of the underlying convertible preferred
stock, the convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities are recorded at fair value and are subject to remeasurement at each
balance sheet date. The Company calculates the warrants’ fair value as follows:

a. The Company’s equity value is estimated using the market approach.

b. The Company’s equity value is then allocated among classes of its capital structure, including Series B

convertible preferred shares. The allocation is performed using the Option Pricing Methodology. This method
treats securities as options with the Company. The allocation is used to determine the value of Series B
convertible preferred shares, as well as the Series B convertible preferred stock warrants. The Company
assumes that any exercise of the warrants would be to purchase Series B convertible preferred Shares, and
assumes scenarios where the warrants will not be exercised.

94

Table of Contents

No warrants were issued in 2019 or 2018. The warrants outstanding at December 31, 2018, were valued at
approximately $2.27 per share utilizing an option pricing model, time to liquidity of two years, underlying stock volatility
of 43% and a risk-free interest rate of 2.3%.

Rollforward of warrants and fair value

     Warrants

     Liability

Total warrants and liability as of December 31, 2018

2,019,245   $

Revaluation of remaining warrants
Conversion of preferred stock warrants to common stock warrants

(2,019,245) 

(in thousands)
4,589
18,176
(22,765)
 —

 —   $

Total warrants and liability as of December 31, 2019

11. Commitments and Contingencies

In September 2019, the Company entered into a lease agreement for its corporate offices in New York, NY.  The
lease is for a 25,212 square foot office and will expire in May 2029.  Pursuant to the lease, the Company will pay the base
rent of approximately $1.3 million per annum through the end of the fifth lease year and approximately $1.4 million per
annum thereafter through the expiration date.  

Future minimum facility lease payments as of December 31, 2019, are as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31:
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter
Total

Operating
Lease

885
1,286
1,286
1,286
1,326
6,213
12,282

  $

  $

Rent expense under operating leases was approximately $1,165,000, $878,000 and $650,000 for the years ended
December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 respectively. The terms of the facility lease provide for rental payments on a monthly
basis and on a graduated scale. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period and has
accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid.

Arbitration/Litigation

On January 14, 2019, a vendor filed a Demand for Arbitration and Statement of Claim against the Company

(“Demand”) for alleged breach of the November 10, 2017 Preferred Specialty Pharmacy Agreement (“Agreement”)
between the Company and the vendor. On March 13, 2019, the Company terminated the Agreement for material breach
with the vendor. On April 3, 2019, the vendor filed a Second Amended Demand for Arbitration (“SAD”) for breach of the
Agreement. The vendor seeks damages, fees, interest and cost. Pursuant to a schedule set forth by the Arbitration Panel, on
May 3, 2019, the Company filed a Motion to Dismiss the SAD. That Motion was fully briefed on June 14, 2019 and was
decided on July 31, 2019. The Arbitration Panel dismissed two of the vendor’s four claims. The Company believes the
vendor’s claims are without merit and intends to vigorously defend against the claims in the Arbitration. Due to the
inherent uncertainties of litigation, the Company cannot predict the outcome of the actions at this time and can give no
assurances that the asserted claim will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of
the Company.  

The Company believes there is no other litigation pending that could have, individually or in the aggregate, a

material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Indemnifications

The Company indemnifies each of its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences, subject to certain

limits, while the officer or director is or was serving at the Company’s request in such capacity, as permitted under
Delaware law and in accordance with its certificate of incorporation and bylaws. The term of the indemnification period
lasts as long as an officer or a director may be subject to any proceeding arising out of acts or omissions of such officer or
director in such capacity. The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is unlimited; however, the Company
currently holds director and officer liability insurance. This insurance allows the transfer of risk associated with the
Company’s exposure and may enable it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. The Company believes that the fair
value of these indemnification obligations is minimal. Accordingly, it has not recognized any liabilities relating to these
obligations for any period presented.

12. Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Common Stock      

The common stock confers upon its holders the right to receive dividends out of any assets legally available, when

and as declared by the Board of Directors, but subject to the prior right of the holders
of the Series Preferred as described above.

Common stock reserved for future issuance consisted of the following:

Convertible preferred stock
Warrants in Series B convertible preferred stock issued and
outstanding
Common stock warrants
Shares available for grants under stock option plan
Options issued and outstanding under stock plan
Total common stock reserved for future issuance

December 31,   
2019

December 31, 
2018

 -  

65,428,088

 -  
1,607,864  
3,124,254  
15,721,085  
20,453,203  

2,019,245
140,394
143,710
15,932,040
83,663,477

In September 2018, the Company repurchased 589,320 shares of common stock, held by former employees, at a
price per share of $2.04, for total consideration of $1.2 million. The difference of $321,000 between the fair value on the
date of repurchase (at $1.49 per share) and the cash consideration paid has been recorded as a dividend as of December 31,
2018 as there were no ongoing services being delivered by the ex-employees since the date of termination. The Company
has not retired the shares repurchased and as such, have recorded the shares repurchased at cost $884,000 and treated them
as treasury shares.

In August 2019, the Company repurchased 26,659 shares of common stock at an average price per share of $6.91
pursuant to its contractual right of first refusal for offers made by third parties to acquire outstanding shares from existing
stockholders.  The repurchased shares were recorded as treasury shares.

As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company had 615,980 and 589,320 shares respectively of

treasury stock.

Stock Incentive Plan

In October 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors and stockholders adopted and approved the 2019 Equity

Incentive Plan, (the “2019 Plan”), as the successor to continuation of the Company’s 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2017
Plan”).  No further grants were made under the 2017 Plan from the date that the 2019 Plan became effective. Initially, the
maximum number of shares issuable under the 2019 Plan will not exceed 19,198,875 shares of common stock, which is the
sum of 1) 2,640,031 new shares and 2) an additional number of shares not to exceed 16,558,844

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

consisting of (a) shares that remain available for the issuance of awards under the 2017 Plan immediately prior to the
effective date of the 2019 Plan and (b) shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options or other stock
awards granted under our 2017 Plan that, on or after the date the 2019 Plan became effective, terminate, expire or are
cancelled prior to exercise or settlement; are forfeited or repurchased because of the failure to vest; or are reacquired or
withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation or the purchase or exercise price, if any, as such shares
become available from time to time.  

As of December 31, 2018, the Company maintained two stock-based compensation plans: (i) the 2008 Stock Plan

(the “2008 Plan”) and (ii) the 2017 Plan. All awards issued in 2018 were issued pursuant to the 2017 Plan.

Under the Company’s 2017 Plan and consistent with the 2008 Plan, options and other stock awards to purchase
shares of common stock may be granted to employees, directors, and consultants. Incentive stock options are granted to
employees and non-statutory stock options are granted to consultants and directors at an exercise price not less than 100%
of the fair value (as determined by the Board of Directors) of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The
exercise price of options granted to stockholders who hold 10% or more of the Company’s common stock on the option
grant date shall not be less than 110% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant for both
incentive and non-qualified stock option grants. These options generally vest over four years and expire ten years from the
date of grant. Stock option grants may be exercisable upon grant, and any unvested shares purchased are subject to
repurchase. There were no unvested shares subject to repurchase as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

Stock Option Activity

A  summary of the Company’s stock option activity is as follows:

Shares
Available
for
  Future Grant  

Number of 
Shares

     Weighted       
Average

  Weighted 
  Average   Remaining  
  Exercise   Contractual  
  Life (Years)  

Price

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(In thousands)
33,886

8.5   $

Balances at December 31, 2018

Additional shares authorized for grant
Options granted
Options exercised
Options forfeited
Options cancelled
Shares expired due to termination of 2008 Plan

Balances at December 31, 2019

143,710   15,932,040   $ 1.00  
 —  
  2.68  
  0.64  
  1.34  
  0.61  

9,708,653  
(7,069,628) 
 —  
500,882  
289,642  
(449,005) 
3,124,254   15,721,085   $ 2.44  

 —  
7,069,628  
(6,490,059) 
(500,882) 
(289,642) 

8.4   $

165,906

Options exercisable at December 31, 2018

7,499,936   $ 0.95  

8.2   $

16,096

Options vested and expected to vest at
December 31, 2019

  15,721,085  

  2.44  

8.4   $

165,906

Options exercisable at December 31, 2019

4,349,090   $ 0.96  

7.4   $

52,367

The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $50,846 and $59,000 for the years ended December 31, 2019

and 2018, respectively.

The weighted average fair value of options to purchase common stock granted was $2.68 and $1.14 in the years

ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

The fair value of options to purchase common stock vested was $2.8 million and $3.7 million in the years ended

December 31, 2019 and 2018.

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
   
 
    
   
 
    
   
 
    
   
 
  
   
 
  
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Immediately prior to the IPO, options representing 1,311,944 shares of common stock were exercised at an

average exercise price of $0.94.  

Certain weighted-average information and assumptions used in the option-pricing model for options granted to

employees, directors, and non-employees are as follows:

Expected term (in years)
Risk-free interest rate
Expected volatility
Expected dividend rate

Year Ended December 31
2018
2019
5.38 - 6.10
5.63 - 6.28
2.6% - 3.1%
1.5% - 2.5%  
  48.6% - 49.0%   48.1% - 48.9%

 —

 —

The following table summarizes stock-based compensation expense for employees, which was included in the

statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows (in thousands):

Cost of services
Selling and marketing
General and administrative

Total stock-based compensation expense

Year Ended
December 31

2019

2018

  $

  $

537   $
900  
3,624  
5,061   $

96
366
2,535
2,997

At December 31, 2019, the total compensation cost related to unvested stock-based awards granted to employees

under the Company’s stock option plan but not yet recognized was approximately $19.3 million. This cost will be
amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining vesting period and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in
estimated forfeitures. The weighted-average remaining recognition period is approximately 3.1 years.

In February and June of 2016, the Company issued common stock warrants to non-employees to acquire 71,280

and 69,114 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.86 and $1.41 per share, respectively. The
common stock warrants expire on the fifth anniversary of the grant. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, all warrants
remain outstanding. In 2019, 482,661 warrants were exercised for 441,307 shares of common stock at a weighted average
exercise price of $1.59.   In addition, 69,114 warrants were cancelled in 2019.   For the years ended December 31, 2017 and
2018, the Company recognized total compensation expense $259,000, relating to the common stock warrants. All warrants
were fully vested as of January 1, 2019. As a result of the adoption of ASU No. 2018-07, mark-to-market fair value
accounting is not required and as all warrants were fully vested as of January 1, 2018, the Company did not recognize
compensation expense relating to the common stock warrants for the year ended December 31, 2019.

The fair value of the common stock warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with

the following assumptions:

Contractual remaining life (years)
Risk-free interest rate
Expected volatility
Expected dividend yield

98

2018

 1
2.4%
48.6%
 —

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

13. Income Taxes 

A tax provision of $12,000, and a tax benefit of $1.8 million and $3,000 was recorded for the year ended

December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively, as part of continuing operations.

The provision/(benefit) from income taxes is composed of the following (in thousands):

Current

Federal
State
Total Current

Deferred:
Federal
State
Total Deferred

  $

Total provision/(benefit) from Income taxes

  $

2019

December 31, 
2018

2017

 —  $
12   
12   

 —   
 —   
 —   
12  $

(1,446)  $
(331) 
(1,777) 

 —  
 —  
 —  
(1,777)  $

(3)
 —
(3)

 —
 —
 —
(3)

A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows: 

Income tax provision at statutory rate
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
Share-based compensation
Warrant valuation
Change in valuation allowance
Effect of tax legislation
State rate change
Other
Effective tax rate

Deferred Tax Balances

2019

December 31, 
2018

2017

21 %    
 6  
56  
(45) 
(35) 
 —  
 —  
(3) 
 — %    

21 %    
 5  
(2) 
(10) 
13  
 —  
 2  
(3) 
26 %    

34 %
 4  
(1) 
 —  
63  
(97) 
 —  
(3) 
 — %

The components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating loss carryforwards
Capitalized start‑up costs
Research and development credits
Accruals and reserves
Property and equipment
Intangibles

Total deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance
Deferred tax liabilities:

Deferred gain

Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax assets

99

December 31, 

2019

2018

  $

24,104   $
13  
1,039  
2,860  
103  
624  
28,743  
(28,743) 

  $

 —   $

22,446
15
1,059
1,895
37
375
25,827
(25,781)
46

 —  
 —  
 —   $

(46)
(46)
 —

  $

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
  
  
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets requires the determination of whether it is more-likely-than-not

that some portion or all the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the
Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary
differences, projected future taxable income, loss carryback and tax-planning strategies. Generally, more weight is given to
objectively verifiable evidence, such as the cumulative loss in recent years, as a significant piece of negative evidence to
overcome. The valuation allowance decreased by approximately $1.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2018
and increased by $2.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, the Company
continues to maintain a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax

purposes of approximately $92 million and $71 million, respectively, which expire beginning in the year 2031. The federal
and California research and development tax credits are approximately $729,000 and $830,000 respectively. The federal
research credits will begin to expire in 2030 and the California research and development credits have no expiration date.
Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to
ownership changes that may have occurred previously or that could occur in the future, as provided by Section 382 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as well as similar state provisions. Such annual limitation could result in the expiration of
net operating losses and credits before their utilization.  The Company has not performed a detailed analysis to determine if
an ownership change has occurred as a result of the initial public offering.  

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had not accrued any interest or penalties related to uncertain tax

positions.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

Balance at the beginning of the year
Reductions based upon tax positions related to the current year
Balance at the end of the year

December 31, 
2018

2019

2017

  $

  $

397  $
(7)   
390  $

397   $
 —  
397   $

397
 —
397

None of unrecognized tax benefits would materially impact the effective tax rate if realized during the year due to

the Company’s full valuation allowance position.    The Company does not anticipate any material change in its
unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months. 

The Company files U.S. federal and state income tax returns with varying statutes of limitations. All tax years

since inception remain open to examination due to the carryover of unused net operating losses and tax credits. 

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was enacted on December 22, 2017 and introduced significant changes

to U.S. income tax law. Effective in 2018, The Tax Act reduced the U.S. corporate statutory tax rate from 35% to 21%,
allowed for immediate expensing of certain qualified capital property, eliminated the net operating loss carryback but
allowed for indefinite net operating loss carryforwards that can reduce up to 80% of taxable income and created a new
limitation on the deductibility of interest expense. 

Accounting for the income tax effects of the Tax Act requires significant judgments and estimates in the

interpretation and calculation of the provisions of the Tax Act. Due to the timing of the enactment and the complexity
involved in applying the provisions of the Tax Act, the Company made reasonable estimates of the effects of the Tax Act in
the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017, as permitted under ASU 2018-05 Income
Taxes (Topic 740), Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SAB 118. 

The remeasurement of the Company’s U.S. deferred taxes due to the reduction in the U.S. federal corporate tax
rate resulted in a reduction of deferred tax assets offset by a reduction of the Company’s valuation allowance, resulting in
no net income impact during the year ended December 31, 2017. The accounting for these items was completed in the

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

fourth quarter of 2018, the end of the measurement period for purposes of SAB 118, and there were no adjustments related
to the provisional items. 

14. Net Income (Loss) Per Share

A reconciliation of net income (loss) available to common stockholders and the number of shares in the

calculation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
Numerator:

Net (loss) income
Less:

Net income from discontinued operations, net of tax
Deemed dividends on convertible preferred stock
Undistributed earnings to participating securities
Net loss attributable to common stockholders

Year Ended
December 31,
2018

2019

2017

  $

(8,569)

 $

661  $

(12,452)

 —   
 —   

(5,777)   
(425)   

(4)
(1,012)

  $

(8,569)  $

(5,541)  $

(13,468)

Denominator:

Weighted-average shares used in computing basic and diluted loss per
share attributable to common stockholders
Basic and diluted net earnings (loss) per share attributable to common
stockholders

  20,735,202  

  5,539,739    5,677,860

  $

(0.41)  $

(1.00)  $

(2.37)

Diluted (loss) income per common share:
Numerator:

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders
Adjustments to undistributed earnings of participating securities
Diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders   $

  $

(8,569)  $
—  
(8,569)  $

(5,541)  $
—   
(5,541)  $

(13,468)
—
(13,468)

Denominator:

Weighted-average shares used in computing basic net earnings (loss) per
share attributable to common stockholder
Add options to purchase common stock
Weighted-average shares used in computing basic net (loss) income per
share attributable to common stockholders

Diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders   $

(0.41)  $

  20,735,202  
 —  

  5,539,739    5,677,860
 —
 —   

  20,735,202  

  5,539,739    5,677,860
(2.37)

(1.00)  $

The following weighted-average outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the

computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the period presented because including
them would have been antidilutive: 

Year Ended
December 31, 
2018

2017

2019

Redeemable convertible preferred stock
Options to purchase common stock
Warrants to purchase common stock
Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock

Total potential dilutive shares

101

  13,610,441  
122,882  
 —  

 —   65,960,205   62,078,914
339,452
14,168
 —
  13,733,323   72,306,085   62,432,534

6,025,473  
60,168  
260,239  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

15. 401(k) Plan and ESPP

The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution plan covering all employees. Employer contributions began

in 2018 and the Company incurred expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 of $263,000. For the year ended
December 31, 2019 the Company incurred expenses of $355,000.

In October 2019, the Board of Directors and stockholders also adopted and approved the 2019 Employee Stock

Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”).  Following the IPO, the ESPP authorized the issuance of 1,700,000 shares of common stock to
purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of our designated affiliates. As of December 31, 2019, zero
shares of common stock have been purchased. The first purchase period will commence on July 31, 2020.  

16. Related Party Transactions

In January 2018, the Company executed an agreement with a related party to sell the Eeva business, representing

all of the medical device segment. Refer to Note 6.

In June 2018, the Company redeemed and retired 1,202,196 Series B convertible preferred stock from a former
employee pursuant to their contractual right of first refusal at a purchase price of $2.5 million The excess of the purchase
price over the carrying value $(1.73) of $425,000 has been recorded as a dividend in accumulated deficit as of December
31, 2018. Refer to Note 12 for further detail on this transaction.

17.  Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations Data

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations for each of the eight

quarterly periods in the period ended December 31, 2019.  Our unaudited quarterly results of operations have been
prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements, and we believe they reflect all normal
recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of our results of operations for these periods. This information should
be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this

102

 
 
Table of Contents

Annual Report. Our historical operating data may not be indicative of our future performance.  

     Mar. 31,

2018

Jun. 30,
2018

Sep. 30,
2018

     Dec. 31,

Three Months Ended
     Mar. 31,

2018

2019

(in thousands)

Jun. 30,
2019

Sep. 30,
2019

Dec. 31,
2019

Revenue
Cost of services
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

  $

22,258   $
18,324  
3,934  

26,157   $
21,119  
5,038  

27,798   $
22,751  
5,047  

29,187   $
23,772  
5,415  

47,197   $
37,233  
9,964  

56,168   $
44,716  
11,452  

61,196   $
48,876  
12,320  

1,763  
4,016  
5,779  

(1,845) 
(88) 

(184) 
(272) 

1,731  
3,624  
5,355  

(317) 
(344) 

(459) 
(803) 

1,648  
3,986  
5,634  

(587) 
(27) 

2,143  
3,975  
6,118  

(703) 
(38) 

(918) 
(945) 

(1,383) 
(1,421) 

2,346  
4,508  
6,854  

3,110  
(38) 

(551) 
(589) 

65,122
53,353
11,769

3,255
7,370
10,625

1,144
136

3,117  
5,981  
9,098  

2,354  
(128) 

3,183  
6,068  
9,251  

3,069  
(28) 

(642) 
(770) 

(11,226) 
(11,254) 

(5,757)
(5,621)

(2,117) 

(1,120) 

(1,532) 

(2,124) 

2,521  

1,584  

(8,185) 

(4,477)

546  

(1,571) 

289  

(831) 

395  

547  

 —  

(64) 

(25) 

77

(1,137) 

(1,577) 

2,521  

1,520  

(8,210) 

(4,400)

  $

5,724  
4,153   $

 —  
(831)  $

 1  
(1,136)  $

52  
(1,525)  $

 —  
2,521   $

 —  
1,520   $

 —  
(8,210)  $

 —
(4,400)

  $

(1,571)  $

(1,255)  $

(1,136)  $

(1,577)  $

31   $

 —   $

(8,210)  $

(4,400)

  $

(0.28)  $
1.01  

(0.22)  $
 —  

(0.20)  $
 —  

(0.31)  $
0.01  

0.01   $
 —  

 —   $
 —  

(1.10)  $
 —  

(0.07)
 —

  $

0.73   $

(0.22)  $

(0.20)  $

(0.30)  $

0.01   $

 -   $

(1.10)  $

(0.07)

  5,690,083  

  5,693,169  

  5,627,656  

  5,151,859  

  15,120,928  

  5,172,209  

  7,472,469  

  64,192,100

Sales and marketing
General and administrative 
Total operating expenses

(Loss) income from
operations

Interest expense, net
Convertible preferred
stock warrant valuation
adjustment

Total other expense, net

(Loss) income from
continuing operations,
before tax
Benefit (provision) for
income taxes
Net (loss) income from
continuing operations
Net income from
discontinued operations, net
of taxes
Net (loss) income
Net (loss) income
attributable to common
stockholders
Net loss per share
attributable to common
stockholders:
Basic and Diluted

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Total net loss per share
attributable to common
stockholders basic and
diluted

Weighted-average shares
used in computing net (loss)
earnings per share:
Basic and Diluted

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.  

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls and Procedures

In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting,

management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only
reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of a control system must reflect the
fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply judgment in evaluating the benefits of
possible controls and procedures relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no
evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been
detected.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has
evaluated, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the effectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on this evaluation,
our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were
effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2019.

Remediation of Material Weakness

In connection with our audit of the fiscal year 2018 consolidated financial statements, we and our independent

registered public accounting firm identified one material weakness in our controls related to the lack of review and
oversight over financial reporting. We determined that we had insufficient financial statement close processes and
procedures relating to the classification and presentation of certain revenue and expenses.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we implemented enhanced procedures to remediate the deficiencies in

our internal control over financial reporting relating to the lack of review and oversight over financial reporting that
resulted in a material weakness. Specific remedial actions undertaken by management included, without limitation:

·

·

·

the hiring of a senior financial executive with a focus on SEC reporting and technical accounting;

the implementation of preventative and detective procedures and controls; and

analytical reviews designed to improve our annual and quarterly financial close process.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management's assessment regarding internal
control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a
transition period established by the rules of SEC for newly public companies.  

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Except for the remediation measures described above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial

reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that
occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2019 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially
affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. 

OTHER INFORMATION

None.

104

 
Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Code of Conduct

Our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Conduct applicable to all officers, directors and employees,

including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons
performing similar functions. A copy of the code is available at the Investor Relations section of our website, located at
investors.progyny.com, under “Governance—Documents and Charters.” We intend to make all disclosures required by law
or Nasdaq Stock Market rules regarding any amendments to, or waivers from, any provisions of the code at the same
location of our website.  Our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and you
should not consider information on our website to be part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Other Information

The remaining information required by this item will be included under the headings “Proposal 1—Election of

Directors,” “Corporate Governance,” and, if applicable, “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” in our definitive proxy
statement relating to the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2019, which we refer to as our 2020 Proxy Statement, and such required information is incorporated
herein by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item will be included under the heading “Executive Compensation,” “Director
Compensation,” and “Corporate Governance” in our 2020 Proxy Statement and is hereby incorporated by reference into
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The information required by this item will be included under the headings “Securities Authorized for Issuance

Under Equity Compensation Plans” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our 2020
Proxy Statement and is hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10 K.

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR

INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item will be included under the headings “Certain Relationships and Related

Person Transactions,” and “Corporate Governance—Director Independence” in our 2020 Proxy Statement and is hereby
incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10‑K.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item will be included under the heading “Principal Accountant Fees and

Services” in our 2020 Proxy Statement and is hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10‑K.

105

Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a)

Documents filed as part of this report:

1. List of Financial Statements

The following financial statements are included in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” herein.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Financial Statements:

Consolidated Balance Sheets 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

2. List of Financial Statement Schedules

Page

106

74
75
76
77
78

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, not required or the required information is shown in the

consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

3. List of Exhibits

The exhibits to this report are listed below.

Exhibit
Number     
3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6
10.1

Incorporated by Reference

Description

Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation of
Progyny, Inc.
Amended and Restated By-
laws of Progyny, Inc.
Form of common stock
certificate.
Form of 2013 Preferred Stock
Warrant.
Form of 2014 Preferred Stock
Warrant.
Form of 2015 Preferred Stock
Warrant.
Warrant to Purchase Stock
issued to Silicon Valley Bank
dated October 9, 2013.

Form

  8-K

File No.
  001-39100  

  S-1

  333-

233965

  S-1/A   333-

233965

  S-1/A   333-

233965

  S-1/A   333-

233965

  S-1/A   333-

233965

  S-1/A   333-

233965

Exhibit

Filing
Date

     Filed/Furnished

Herewith

3.1

3.4

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

10/31/2019

9/27/2019

10/15/2019

10/15/2019

10/15/2019

10/15/2019

10/15/2019

  Description of Capital Stock.   

*

Amended and Restated
Investor Rights Agreement,
dated as of March 4, 2015, by
and among Progyny, Inc. and
certain of its stockholders.

  S-1

  333-

10.1

9/27/2019

233965

106

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

10.2†

10.3†

10.4†

10.5†

10.6†

10.7†

10.8†

10.9†

10.10

10.11

23.1

24.1

Progyny, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan, as
amended, and forms of
agreements thereunder.
Progyny, Inc. 2017 Equity
Incentive Plan, as amended, and
forms of agreements thereunder.
Progyny, Inc. 2019 Equity
Incentive Plan and forms of
agreements thereunder.
Progyny, Inc. 2019 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan.
Form of Indemnification
Agreement.
Amended and Restated
Employment Agreement between
Progyny, Inc. and David
Schlanger, dated September 23,
2019.
Amended and Restated
Employment Agreement between
Progyny, Inc. and Peter Anevski,
dated September 25, 2019.
Letter Agreement between
Progyny, Inc. and Karin Ajmani.
Sublease Agreement, dated as of
July 29, 2019 by and between
IPREO Holdings, LLC and
Progyny, Inc.
Loan and Security Agreement,
dated as of June 8, 2018, between
Silicon Valley Bank and
Registrant.
Consent of Independent
Registered Public Accounting
Firm.

  Power of Attorney (incorporated
by reference to the signature
pages of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K).

31.1

  Certification of Chief Executive

Officer pursuant to Exchange Act
Rule 13a-14(a).

31.2

  Certification of Chief Financial

Officer pursuant to Exchange Act
Rule 13a-14(a).

32.1#

  Certification of Principal

Executive Officer pursuant to 18
U.S.C. Section 1350.

32.2#

  Certification of Chief Financial
Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350.
101.INS   XBRL Instance Document

  S-1

  333-233965   10.2

  9/27/2019

  S-8

  333-233965   99.2

  10/25/2019

  S-1/A   333-233965   10.4

  10/15/2019

  S-1/A   333-233965   10.5

  10/15/2019

  S-1

  333-233965   10.6

  9/27/2019

  S-1

  333-233965   10.7

  9/27/2019

  S-1

  333-233965   10.8

  9/27/2019

  S-1

  333-233965   10.9

  9/27/2019

  S-1

  333-233965   10.11

  9/27/2019

  S-1

  333-233965   10.10

  9/27/2019

*

*

*

*

**

**

*

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension

Schema Document

101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension

Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension

Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension

Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension

Presentation Linkbase Document

*       Filed herewith.

**     Furnished herewith.

*

*

*

*

*

†       Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

#

This certification is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

108

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

109

 
Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant

has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Date: March 9, 2020

By: /s/ DAVID SCHLANGER

PROGYNY, INC.

David Schlanger
Chief Executive Officer and Director

110

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes

and appoints David Schlanger and Peter Anevski, and each one of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and
agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in their name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits
thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could
do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or her
substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated as of March 9, 2020.

Signature

/s/ DAVID SCHLANGER
David Schlanger

/s/ PETER ANEVSKI
Peter Anevski

/s/ BETH SEIDENBERG
Beth Seidenberg, M.D.

/s/ FRED COHEN
Fred Cohen, M.D., D.Phil.

/s/ KEVIN GORDON
Kevin Gordon

/s/ JEFFREY PARK
Jeffrey Park

/s/ NORMAN PAYSON
Norman Payson, M.D.

/s/ CHERYL SCOTT
Cheryl Scott

Title

Chief Executive Officer and Director
(principal executive officer)

President, Chief Financial & Operating Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

111

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.6

DESCRIPTION OF PROGYNY, INC. SECURITIES

As of December 31, 2019, Progyny, Inc. had one class of securities registered under Section 12 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act: our common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.
When we use the words “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company,” we are referring to Progyny, Inc.

The following  description of our capital stock is a summary and does not purport to be complete It is subject

to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the applicable provisions of  our restated certificate of incorporation,
which we refer to as our “certificate of incorporation,” our amended and restated bylaws, which we refer to as our
“bylaws,” and our amended and restated investor rights agreement, which we refer to as our “investor rights
agreement.” The certificate of incorporation, bylaws and investor rights agreement are incorporated by reference as
Exhibits 3.1, 3.2 and 10.1, respectively, to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, of
which this Exhibit 4.6 is a part. We encourage you to read our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws, our investor
rights agreement and the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law for more information.

General

Our authorized capital stock consists of 1,100,000,000 shares, all with a par value of $0.0001 per share,

consisting of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Our common stock is
listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “PGNY.”

Description of Common Stock

Voting rights.    The common stock is entitled to one vote per share on any matter that is submitted to a vote
of our stockholders, including the election of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not
provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding
shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election,
if they so choose, other than any directors that holders of any redeemable convertible preferred stock we may issue
may be entitled to elect.

Dividend rights.    Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding redeemable
convertible preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be
declared by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

Rights upon liquidation.    In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, the holders of common
stock will be entitled to share ratably in the assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of
or provision for all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any redeemable convertible preferred
stock then outstanding.

Other rights.    Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription

rights and there are no redemption or sinking funds provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares
of common stock are, and the common stock to be outstanding upon the completion of this offering will be, duly
authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common
stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of redeemable
convertible preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Registration Rights

We are party to an investor rights agreement that provides that certain holders of our common stock,

including certain holders of at least 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, have
rights, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in

     
     
registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. The registration of shares of our common
stock by the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these shares without
restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, when the applicable registration
statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and
commissions and legal fees in excess of $30,000, of the shares registered pursuant to such registration rights. The
registration rights under our investor rights agreement will expire upon the earliest to occur of (1) October 24, 2022,
(2) a deemed liquidation event, as such term is defined in our then-current certificate of incorporation and (3) with
respect to any particular stockholder, such time that such stockholder can sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the
Securities Act during any 90-day period.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, stockholders holding a majority of the
voting power of our shares of common stock will be able to elect all of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation
and bylaws provide for stockholder actions at a duly called meeting of stockholders, and not by consent in writing. A
special meeting of stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chair of our board of
directors, our chief executive officer or our lead independent director. Our bylaws establish an advance notice
procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed
nominations of persons for election to our board of directors. In accordance with our certificate of incorporation, our
board of directors is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Our certificate of incorporation further
provides that our directors may be removed for cause only upon the vote of at least two-thirds of our outstanding
shares of voting stock. Further, our certificate of incorporation requires the approval of our board of directors or the
holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding shares of voting stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of
our certificate of incorporation.

The foregoing provisions will make it more difficult for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our

board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions
could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In
addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue
preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our
control.

These provisions are intended to preserve our existing control structure after completion of this offering,
facilitate our continued innovation and the risk-taking that it requires, permit us to continue to prioritize our long-term
goals rather than short-term results, enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of
directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened
acquisition of us. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal
and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of
discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or
delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in
the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware
corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years
after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, subject to certain exceptions. The existence of
this provision would be expected to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance
by our board of directors, including discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market
price for the shares of our common stock.

        
        
        
Choice of Forum

        Our certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the
Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of
Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District
of Delaware) will be the exclusive forum for actions or proceedings brought under Delaware statutory or common law:
(1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty;
(3) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the Delaware General Corporation Law; (4) any action
regarding our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; (5) any action as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction to
the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (6) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the
internal affairs doctrine. This provision would not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the
Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.
Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

        
 
 
 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statement:

(1) Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-234342) pertaining to the following plans:

Exhibit 23.1

·
·
·
·

2019 Equity Incentive Plan
2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
2017 Equity Incentive Plan
2008 Stock Plan

of our reports dated March 9, 2020, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Progyny, Inc.
included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Progyny, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2019.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

March 9, 2020

 
 
CERTIFICATION

I, David Schlanger, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Progyny, Inc.;

Exhibit 31.1

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual

report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and
have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to
be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant,
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

(b)

[omitted];

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this
annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of
the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting
that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in
the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of

internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information; and

Date: March 9, 2020

     By:

/s/ David Schlanger
David Schlanger
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2

I, Peter Anevski, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Progyny, Inc.;

CERTIFICATION

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual

report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and
have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to
be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant,
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

(b)

[omitted];

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this
annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of
the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting
that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in
the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of

internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 9, 2020

     By:

/s/ Peter Anevski
Peter Anevski
President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief
Operating Officer
(principal financial officer)

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.1

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Progyny, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ending

December 31, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

(1)

(2)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition
and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 9, 2020

     By:

/s/ David Schlanger
David Schlanger
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.2

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Progyny, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ending

December 31, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

(1)

(2)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition
and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 9, 2020

     By:

/s/ Peter Anevski
Peter Anevski
President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating
Officer
(principal financial officer)